3.2.5 Technical Provision For Turbine Generator and Auxiliaries

o MON THERMAL POWER PLANT
VIETNAM ELECTRICITY / TEPSCO
VOLUME 4
TURBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARIES

CONTENTS
Clause No:
4.1
4.2
GENERAL ........................................................................................... ...... .4-1-1

4.1.1
Introduction ........................................................................................ 4-1-1
4. 1. 2
Design and Operational Requirements ............................................... .4-1-2
4.1.3
Guarantees of Performance ................................................................. 4-1-5
4. 1.4
Drawings to be Submitted .................................................................. 4-1-6

4. 1. 4.1
Common Requirements .. , .................................................... 4-1-6
4. 1. 4.2
Drawings for Equipment/ Systems in Turbine Island ............ .4-1-7
MECHANICAL WORKS ........................................................................... 4-2-1

4.2 .1
Steam Turbine and Auxiliaries

4.2. 1. 1 Scope and Limit of Supply ................................................... .4-2-1
4.2. 1. 2 General Design and Construction ......................................... .4-2-2
4.2.1.3 Main Stop and Goveming Valves , Reheat Stop and Reheat
Goveming Valves , and Piping ............................................... 4-2-2
4.2. 1. 3.1
Arrangement ofValves ...................................... .4-2-2
4.2. 1. 3.2
General Design Requirements ......................... 4-2-4
4.2. 1. 3 .3
On-Load Testing ....................... ............. 4-2-6
4.2. 1. 3 .4
Steam Strainers ................................................ 4-2-6
4.2. 1.4 Turbine Casings .................................................................... 4-2-7

4.2. 1. 5 High Temperature Bolting ..................................................... 4-2-9
4.2. 1. 5 .1
Design of Bolting .............................................. .4 -2-9
4.2.1.5.2
Bolt Tightening Equipment ............................... 4-2-1 0
4.2.1.6 Turbine Rotors and Couplings ...................................... .4-2-10
...

..
..
..
..
..
...
................."............
.
..
..
..
..

..
..
..
..
.... 4-
2-12
4.2. 1. 7 Blade
4.2. 1. 8 Glands and Gland Sealing System ..................................... .4-2-13
4.2.1.8.1
Shaft Glands ..................................................... 4-2-13
4.2. 1. 8.2
Gland Sealing Steam System ........................... .4 -2-13
- 1 -
4.2. 1. 8.3
Gland Steam Exhauster System ....................... .4 -2-15
4.2. 1. 8.4
Gland Sealing Control and Instrumentation ..... .4 -2-15
4.2.1.9 Bearings
......................................................................... 4-2-16
4.2.1.10 Lubricating Oil System ..................................................... 4-2-17

4.2.1.10.1 General .......................................................... 4-2-17
4.2.1.10.2 Main Oil Tank ... .
4.2. 1.1 0.3
4.2. 1. 10 .4 Lubricating Oil Pumps .............. .
4.2.1.10.5 Lubricating Oil Pipework and Valves.
4.2.1.10.6 Lubricating Oil Purifier.
4.2. 1. 10.7 Jacking Oil System (ifrequired) ................... .
4.2.1.10.8 Control Oil System ................. 4-2-27

4.2.1.10.9 Dirty Oil Drains System ................................. 4-2-28
4.2.1.10.10 Transfer Oil System ........................................ 4-2-28
4.2.1.11
Tuming Gear..............
.
.
.
..
..
."
.
...4-2-29
4 .2.1. 12
Turbine Governing System

....

.
.
...
..
....
. ...,
..
....
.
..
., 4-2
-30
4.2. 1. 12 .1 Turbine Governor
r.
..
.
..
.
.

.
...
..
.......
......4-2.
-30
3
4.2 .1.1 2.2 Overspeed Govemor .
..
.
.
.
.
.
..4-
2-33
4.2.1.12.3 Turbine Protection .......................................... 4-2-35
4 .2.1. 13 Turbine By-pass System .

..
..........................
...4-
2-36
4.2. 1. 13.1 General.......
"

.
.
..........
...-
..
4-2
-36
4.2. 1. 13.2 LP By-Pass System
.."

..

..

........
....
..4-
2-37
4.2. 1. 13 .3 HP E1a
us
tNon-R
-R
-.
4.2. 1. 14 Ex
trac
tion
Steam Non--Re
tum Valve
s
..
4-2
-39
4.2. 1. 15 Turbine and Pipework System Drains
..
4-2-40
4.2. 1. 15.1 Genera1..
.

.
.
.
..
"

.
.
.
.
.
.4-
2-40
4.2.1.15.2 Dischar
ge Arrangement ........
.
.
...
.

.........
. .4-2-40
4.2. 1. 15.3 Drain Valves and Traps
..
......
........
.....4-
2-40
4.2. 1. 16 Appearance Covers
..
..

.

."..
......

..
.

.

..

4-2-4
1
4.2.1.17 Therma1 Insu
llatlon.........
.
...
.
.......................4-2-42
.
4.2.2
Condensing System .......................................................................... 4-2-44

4.2.2.1
General
....................................................................... 4-2-44
4.2.2.2
Design Parameters for Condenser ..................................... 4-2-45
4.2.2.3
Construction Features ofCondenser ................................. 4-2-47
4.2.2 .4
Condenser Accessories ................................ ............... 4-2-50
11
VIETNAM ELECTRlCITY / TEPSCO
4.2.2.5
Air Extraction System and Miscellaneous Piping

Connection with Main Condenser ...................................... 4-2-51
4.2.2.6
4.2.2.7
4.2.3
4.2.2.6.1
General ..
.
..
.
..
..................4-2-53
4.2.2.6 .2
Condensate Pump Suction Stra

me
rs..
.

4
2-55
Clan Drains T;lk

... ....
.
..........
..

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 4-2-56
Circulating Water System ............................................... 4-2-58
4.2 .3 .3
General
.
..........................
.
...
..
.
..
...
..
...
.
.
. . . . . . ...
4-
2-58
Design Conditions for Circulating Water System .
..
.
.....
. 4
2-60
0
Clrcu
la
tin
g Water Pumps and Accessories

..
..
.
..
.
.
.

4
2-6
4.2.3 .4
Piping and Valves for Circulating Water System

..
.
.
.
4
2-63
4.2.3.5
CWP Discharge Va
lves.
.
..
...
..
.
.
.
...
.
...
.

. . . . ...
4-
2-64
4.2.3.6
Condenser Tube Cleaning System...
.
.
.
.....
..
.
.....
. .
...
.4
2-66
4.2 .3 .7
Circu
lla
ting Water Screens .
.. .....
......
4-2-67
4.2 .3 .1
4.2 .3 .2
4.2.3.8
4.2 .3 .7.1
Genera
1..
.
......
..

.
.
. 4-2-67
4.2.3.7 .2
Traveling Screens andAccessory Features.. .4-2-67
4 .2 .3.7.3
Wash Wa
te
r Pumps and Trave

lin
1
g Screen
Contro l...
..

..

..

.
......
.

.

4-2-70
1
Surge Calculation
...
...
.....................4-2-7
4.2.3.10
Anti-surge Va
lves.
......
..
.
.
...
.
..
.
...
.
..
.
.
.
..
4
2-711
2
Chlorina
tion System .
...
.
..
.
.....
..
...
.
......
. .4
2-
7
4.2.3.11
Deb
ns Filters. . . . . . . . .
. ..
.
,.....
.

.
....
....
...
..

4-2
73
4.2.3.9
Condensate Pumps
..
.
..
..
..
...
..
.
..
..
.
.
..
.. ..
.
..
4
2-53
4 .2.4 Auxiliary Cooling Water System

..
.

.
.
... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
4-
2-75
4.2 .4 .1
4.2 .4 .2
General
..
.
.
.
.
.
..
.................
..
.4
2-
75
Ri ver Water Piping ............................................................. 4-2-75
4.2 .4 .3
Ri ver Water Piping Syphonic Vacuum Vents ..................... 4-2-76
4.2 .4.4
Ri ver Water Strainer (Debris Filter) ................................... 4-2-76
4.2 .4 .5
Ri ver Water Booster Pumps ............................................... 4-2-77
4.2 .4 .6
Auxiliary Cooling Water System ........................................ 4-2-77

4.2 .4 .6.1
General .................... 4-2-77
4.2 .4 .6.2
Auxiliary Cooling Water Coolers .................... 4-2-79
4.2 .4 .6.3
Auxiliary Cooling Water Pumps ...................... 4-2-80
4.2 .4 .6 .4
Auxiliary Cooling Water Head Tank or Stand

Pie .................................................................. 4-2-81
111
VIETNAM ELECTRICITY ITEPSCO
4.2 .4 .6.5
4.2.5
Sampling and Chemical Dosing ...................... 4-2-81
Feedwater Heating System ............
..
..
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
......4-
-83
2
4.2.5.1
4.2.5.2
4.2.5.3
4 .2 .5 .3 .2
Feedwater Heater Drains and Vents ............... .4-2:;.~~
4 .2 .5 .3 .3
Extraction Steam to Feedwater Heaters ......... .4-7
4.2.5 .3.4
Arrangement ofFeedwater Connections

and By-Passes ................................................ 4-2-88
4.2.5.3.5
Deaeration and Feedwater Heating with

Turbine By-Pass in Operation ........................ .4-2-89
4 .2 .5 .4
High Pressure Feedwater Heaters .................................... .4-2-89
4.2.5.5
Low Pressure Feedwater Heaters ...................................... 4-2-91
4.2.5.6
Gland Steam Condenser ................................................... 4-2-91
4.2.5.7
Deaerator ....................................................................... 4-2-92

4.2.5.7.1
General .......................................................... 4-2-92
4 .2 .5.7.2
Deaerator Steam Supplies ............................... 4-2-93
4.2.5.7.3
Deaerator Off-Load Heating and

Recirculation Systems .................................... 4-2-94
4 .2 .5.8
4 .2 .6
Condensate and Feedwater Piping ................................... .4-2-94

4.2.5.8.1
General ............................. 4-2-94
4.2.5.8.2
Design Requirements .................................... .4-2-95
Instrumentation, Control and Fittings for Feedwater Heating System

... 4-2-96
4.2.7
Valve Gland SeaIing........

............
.,
.

...
.
.
.
....

...

..4-
-98
2
4.2.8
ReliefValves .................................................................................... 4-2-99
4.2.9
Boiler Feed Pumps and Drives ....................................................... 4-2- 100

4.2.9.1
General
4 .2 .9.2
Service Conditins ......................................................... 4-2-105
4.2.9 .3
Operating Conditions ...................................................... 4-2-106
4.2.9 .4
Design Requirements ...................................................... 4-2-108

4.2.9 .4 .1
..................................................................... 4-2-100
Boiler Feed Pumps ....................................... 4-2-108
- lV-
4 .2 .9 .4 .2
Booster Pumps ............................................. 4-2-114
4.2.9 .4 .3
Minimum Flow and Warming ....................... 4-2-117
4 .2 .9 .4.4
Fluid Coupling ............................................. 4-2-118
4.2.9 .4 .5
Lubrication System for Motor Driven Boiler
4.2.9 .4 .6
Feed Pump..........
..
.
.
.
..
.......
..
..4-
2-120
Boiler Feed Pump Turbines (
BFP-T') .
.
.
..4-
2-124
4.2.9 .4.7
BFP Discharge Non-RetumValves

..
4-2-.1 31
4.2.9 .4 .8
Suction and Discharge Isolating Valves ....

..
.4-
2-131
4.2.9 .4 .9
Suction Line ReliefValves.
.
..
..
.4-
2-132
4.2.9 .4 .10 Suction Strainers

....
....

.
.

4-2-132
tion.....
a
..
....
..

.
...4-
2-133
4.2.9 .4 .11 Control and Instrument
4 .2 .9 .4 .12 El ectric Motors

........
....
....

...4
-2-133
4.2.10 Condensate Storage System ............................................................ 4-2-136
4.2.10.1
General
..................................................................... 4-2-136
4 .2 .10.2 Design Requirements ......... 4-2-136

4.2.10 .3 Tank
.......................... 4-2-136
4.2.10 .4 Condensate Transfer Pump ............................................. 4-2-138

4.2.11 Void
4.2.12 Void
..
.
.
.
...
.

.............
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2-140
.4-
4.2.13 Fire Fighting System .....
4-2-140
4.2.13 .1
General
4.2.13.2
Standards and Regu

Ila
tions
...

.
..
...4-
2-142
...

.

.
.
.

.
.
....
4.2.13.3 Fire Water Supply System...
.
....
..
....
.
.
.
.
.
.4-
2-143
4.2.13 .4 Water Spray and Cooling Systems...............
...
....
.

..4
2-143
4.2.13.5 Hydrant System
..
.
....
..
..............
.
.........
..
...........4-
2-145
4 .2 .13.6 The Piping for Fire Water Main , Water Spray System
W
ater Cooling System and Hydrant System...................4-2-146
4.2.13.7 Foam System .................................................................. 4-2-147

4.2.13.8 Dry Chemica1 Ex
tingu
lishing Systm
..
....

..

4
2-148
4.2.13.9 Portable Fire Extinguishers
....
..
.

......
....
.4-
2-149
4 .2 .13.10
F ire Alarm and Detectio
n System..
.
.

.
..
....
...
.
.... 4
2-150
4.2.13.11 Fire Protection Pane
~l (FPP).
..
....

.....
......
.
.......4-2-151
4.2.14 Void
V'
o MON THERMAL PO 'ERPLANT
VIETNAM ELECTRlCITY ITEPSCO
4.2 .1 5 Void
4.2 .1 6 Hydrogen Generation Plant
..
.
.
.
.
.
..
..-........
..
.
.
.
.
.
..4-2-152
4.2.17 Generator and Auxiliaries..

.........
.. ...
...
..
..
..
4
2-153
4 .2 .17.1 Generator Design ............................................................ 4-2-153
4.2.17.2 Stator
4.2.17.3 Rotor
4-2-154
..
4-2
-155
.
.
.
.
.
..
.......
..........
...
4.2.17 .4
Gen
ne
ra
10
a
r
ro
G
un
ndi
n
g ..... ...... ..
.
.4
2-15
56
4.2.17.5
Genera
10
rCondition Mon
ito
ring.
.

.
.
..
.4-
2-158
4.2.17.6
Genera10r Excitation .
..
..
..
..
...
..
..
..
........
..
.
...
..
..........
. .
..
.
...
..
..........
..
..
..
..
.
.4-2-158
Excitation Control System..
..
..
..
...
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
...
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
...
..
..
..
..

..
..
..
...
..
..
.. 42-J16l
]Y;?;;
4.2.17.7
.
.

.

..

...
....

....

......
........
4 .2 .17.8 Generator Cooling

......
..
....
..
................
..
..
......
..
..
..
.....
..
..".
.. .........4-
2-166
4.4. 17.9 Hydrogen Gas Control Cubicle
.......
.

.......................
..
....
..
.... 4
2-168
4 .2 .17.10 Hydrogen Gas Sea
ls and Sea
1 Oil Sys
stem
...
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
4-2
-168
4.2.17.11 Genera
to
rCa
sing Pur
ging Syst
em.......
.....
.
.
...
.
..
...
.. ......4-
2-169
4.2 .1 7.12 Temperatu
lre Measurement
..
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..............

.
.
.
. 4
2-169
0
4 .2.17.13 Gene
ra
to
rFau
11t Rec
r
o
de
r System....
.
...
.
.
.
..
...
.. .
..
..
...
..
4
2-17
4 .2 .17.14 Generator Fire Protections.....
....
........
..
.. .......
..
..........
....4
..
-2-174
4.3
TEST AND INSPECTION .......................................................................... 4-3-1

4.3.1
Test and Inspection at Shop ................................................................ 4-3-1

4 .3.1. 1
General
......................................................................... 4-3-1
4 .3.1.2
Tests on Materials ............................................................... 4-3-1
4.3. 1.3
Ultrasonic Examination ...................................................... 4-3-2
4.3. 1.4
Radiographic Examination and Other

Non-Destructive Te ... 4-3-2
4.3. 1.5
4 .3 .1.6
Hydrostatic Tests .................................. ........... 4-3-3

Turbine Components .......................................................... 4-3-3
4.3. 1.7
4
Boiler Feed Pumps ................... ..
..
.
..
..
..
..
.

...
.....
..
..
...

..
..
..
..
.... 4-3-4
4.3. 1. 8
Air Leak Test .

..
..
..
...

..
..
.

.................................
.......4
-3-44
Pumps
..
..
..
.
.
..
.
.
............
..

.
...
.
.
.
.
..
..
.

..
.
.
..4
-3-55
4.3. 1. 9
4.3. 1. 10 Fans and Compressors.........

....
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
....
..
..
..
..
..
....4-3
..
-5
4.3. l. 11 Void
4.3. l. 12 Rubber Lined Vessels and Pipework.
..
.........
..
..
..
..
..
....
..
..
..
..
..
..
.... 4-3-5
4.3. l. 13 Heat Insulation Ma1enals......
..
..
.
.. .
..
.
..
..
.
..
..

..
...
..
..
..
..
..
4-3
-6
4.3. 1. 14 Generator
..
..
..
..
..
.

...
..
..
..
..
...
...........
....
.

...
.. .
...
..
..
..
..

..
.4 -3-6
- Vl -
4r
tf
4.3. 1. 14.1 High Voltage Tests ........................................... .4-3-7

4.3. 1. 14.2 Temperature Rise ............................................ .4-3-7
4.3.1.14.3 Insulation Tests ............................................... .4-3-7
4.3.1.14 .4 Tests to Determine Generator Parameters ......... 4-3-8
4 .3.1. 14.5 Waveform Deviation ..................................... .4-3-10
4 .3 .1.14.6 Shaft Current.. ................................................ 4-3-10
4 .3.1. 14.7 Bushing Type Current Transformer ................ .4-3-10
4.3.1.15 Excitation System ............................................................. 4-3-10
4.3.1.15.1 Thyristor Bridge ............................................. 4-3-10
4.3.1.15.2 Excitation Transformer ................................... 4-3-10
4.3.1.15.3 Complete Excitation System ........................... 4-3-11
4 .3 .1.16 Motors
....................................................................... 4-3-11
4.3.1.17 Control System ................................................................. 4-3-11

4.3.2 Test and Inspection at Site ............................................................... .4-3-12
2
4-3-1
4.3.2.1
General
4.3.2.2
2
Tur
bine
/Ge
nera
.10
r
..
.........
.
.
.
.
..
.
....4
-3-12
4.3.2.3
Con
denser .
.. .
.
..........
.......
....
4-3-13
4 .3 .2 .4
4
Bo
iler Feed Pumps ......
..
.
...
..............
..
..
.4 -3-14
4.3.2.5
Unfired Pressure YIssels and Pipewo

rk .
.. .. ..
..
.
..4-3-14
.
4.3.2.6
4.3 .2 .7
Storage Tanks ....

..

............
...

.

..

...

....
4-3-15
5
Rotating Equ
lpmentt
..
.
...........
.
.
.

.

.
...
..
....4 -3-15
4.3.2.8
Void
4.3.2.9
Functional Tests ................................................................ 4-3-15
.
.
.
..
.
.
..
...
..
..
.
.
.
.
..
4.3.2.10 Excitation System ............................................................. 4-3-16

4.3.2 .1 1 Cleaning and Flushing ofOil Systems .............................. 4-3-16
4.3.2.12 Piping Chemical Cleaning ............................................... .4-3-17
4 .3 .2.12.1 General .......................................................... 4-3-17
4.3.2.12.2 Disposal ofWaste Effiuents at Site ................ .4-3-17
4.3.2.12.3 Inspection ....................................................... 4-3-18
4.3.2.13 Motors
....................................................................... 4-3-18
4.3.2.14 Control System ................................................................. 4-3-18

4.3.3
Performance Te ..................................................... 4-3-19
..
.
.
.

.
...
.
..
.
.........
..
.
.4 -3-19
4.3 .3 .1
General
4.3.3.2
Tur
bine/Genera
to
r
..
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
....
...
.....-........
...4-3-19
Vll .
4.3.3.3
Void
4.3.4
4.3.5
3-20
4.3 .4.1
Performance Test (Heat Rate) ................................ ""X~
4.3 .4 .2
Auxiliary Power Consumption ..................................:~ .... '
Final Inspection ................................................. ................ 4-3-24

4.3.5.1
General
....................................................................... 4-3-24
4.3.5.2
Plant Inspection Prior to Final Acceptance ....................... . 4-3-24

4 .3 .5.2.1
Turbine 1ain turbine and BFP- ................. 4-3-24
4.3.5.2.2
Condenser ...................................................... 4-3-25
4.3.5.2 .3
Boiler Feed Pumps ......................................... 4-3-26
4.3.5.2 .4
Condensate Pumps and Circulating

Water Pumps .................................................. 4-3-26
4.3.5.2.5
Motor Drives .................................................. 4-3-26
4.3.5.2.6
Valves and Piping Specialties ......................... 4-3-27
4.3.5.2.7
Generator.........
.
...
..
..
...
..
.
....
............
...4-3
27
- Vlll -
VIETNAM ELECTRICITY'EPSCO
VOLUME 4 TVRBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARES

4.1
GENERAL
4. 1. 1 Introduction
(a) This Volume covers the detailed specific requirements for design , construction,
installation, testing, commissioning and inspection ofTurbine Generator and Auxiliaries.
(b) The quantities of equipment mentioned in this Volume shall mean for one (1) unit,
unless otherwise specified.
(c) le commercial and general technical requirements shall be covered by the Bid
Document Volumes 1and 2.
(d) The general aangement and system diagram shall be generally as indicated on the
relevant Bid Drawings.
The Contractor will optimize the layout and installation drawings according to the actual
size of the main equipment and most appropriate orientation of this main equipment,
taking into account the existing piling layout to be handed over to the Contractor and
extension of the existing power house of Unit No.l , provided the Contractor has
demonstrated that the proposed design is proven throu actual references.
(e) Turbine Generator and Auxiliaries shall be supplied complete with equipment and
systems including, but not be limited to the following:
(i) Steam Turbine and Auxiliaries
(ii) Condensing System and Circulating Water System
(iii) Feedwater Heating System and Boiler Feed Pumps with Driving Turbines and
Motor
(iv) Auxiliary Cooling Water System
(v) Condensate Storage System
(vi) Void
(vii) Void
(viii) Void
(ix) Fire Fighting System
(x) Void
(xi) Lifting Equipment (as necessary)
(xii)Void
4-1-1
VIETNAM ELECTRICITYTEPSCO
(xiii) Generator and Auxiliaries
m
(g) Connection work at terminal points between the existing facilities and equipmef1i
be supplied by the Contractor, including accompanying modification w6. f
necessa are in cI uded in the Contractor s scope of work.
4. 1.2
Design and Operational Requirements
(a) The following description is based on the steam conditions of 16.68 MPa(a) main
steam pressure, 5380 C ofmain steam and 5380 C ofreheat steam temperature at the inlet to
the turbine.
(b) However, in addition to the Main Offer based on the specified steam conditions, the
Bidder may propose an altemative plan based on subcritical main steam and reheat steam
conditions but not lower than the specified ones.
(c) For both the specified conditions and, ifany, altemative conditions, the manufacturer
of the steam turbine shall have experience of designing, manufacturing, commissioning
and testing of two (2) or more machins closely similar to the turbine offred for this
project in the capacity, steam conditions and configuration, which have record of
successful operation for not less than two (2) years at the time ofthe opening ofthe Bid.
(d) The successfuI operation record shall be backed up by certificates issued by the
owners. Such certificates shall be incI uded in the Bid.
(e) In order that the altemative bid may be accepted for evaluation, the Bidder shall
demonstrate the advantages of the proposed conditions over the specified ones in overall
plant efficiency, overall plant cost including operation and maintenance costs, operability
and maintainability.
(f) In such a case, the whole plant shaIl be designed accordingly and the details shall be
stated in the Bid.
(g) Turbine Generator and Auxiliaries shall be designed in accordance with aIl
requirements as specified in Volumes 2 and 4.
4-1-2
VIETNAM ELECTRICITYITEPSCO
(h) The existing power house crane of 7520t capacity is used commonly to Unit NO.l
and Unit NO.2. The equipment in the power house incI uding turbine generator and
auxiliaries shall be erected, handled, disassembled and assembled using the existing
power house crane where applicable. As for the information of the power house crane,
see OM2T-4001 OUTUNE OF EXISTnG POWER HOUSE OVERHEAD CRANE in
Volume 11.
(i) The Contractor shall supply and install overhead traveling cranes or hoists including
electrical hoists, electrical or manual trolleys , chain blocks and monorails for overhauling
and maintenance of machines, facilities and components, where above-mentioned
existing power house crane cannot be used and lifting devices are necessary to assemble,
disassemble and maintain the equipment provided by him. As for details , see Clause
2.2 .2 .11
G) The major requirements are as follows:

(i) Rated Output (RO)
Rated output at generator terminal excIuding
separated excitation and/or main oil pump load
MW
300 - 330
*1
11.
Main steam pressure at inlet to main stop valve
MPa(a)
16.68
lll.
Main steam temperature at inlet to main stop valve
538
lV.
Reheat steam temperature at inlet to reheat stop valve
538
v.
Elaust
steam pressure at exhaust connection

to condenser
kP a(a)
7 .4
30
Vll. Make up water flow
0.0
viii. Turbine speed
rpm
3,000
50
Vl.
Circulating water temperature at inlet to condenser
lX.
Generator frequency
Hz
x.
Generator power factor
0.85 lagging
4-1-3
*2
Notes:
*1
*2
The power to be used for separated excitation and/or main oil

pump shall be deducted from the output measured at the
generator terminal.
In case the Bidder proposes a different value, sufficient
explanation for advantages of proposed one including effects
on overall plant efficiency, overall plant cost including
operation and maintenanc costs shall be stated in detail in
Bid clearly.
:\j
*
(ii) Maximum Continuous Rating (TMCR)
f/
"
Maximum Continuous Rating shall be not 1css than 105% ofthe rated outpuE
(RO) at generator terminal excluding excitation and/or main oil pump load witl
the following conditions:
i.
Output at TMCR
ii.
Cooling water temperature

at inlet to condenser
iii. Make up water f1 0w

iv.
Elaust
steam pressure at exhaust connection

to condenser
MW
105% ofthe rated

output (RO)
30
0.0
Determined by
Condenser
Performance
Other conditions such as steam conditions , speed, etc. shall be the same as the
Rated Output conditions.
(iii) Limit ofTemperature Ri se of Cooling Water
i.
The main condenser shall be designed so that cooling water temperature

should not rise by mor than 7 oC through it under any operating conditions.
ii.
The cooling water temperature at the discharge canal outlet to the

shall not exceed 40 0 C under any operating conditions.
4-1-4
Rivr
(iv) Feedwater Heater Isolation

i.
ii.
iii.
All heaters except the deaerator shall be capable of being isolated and
by-passed, enabling them to be taken out of service without shutting down
the turbine generator unit and without detriment to the operation of other
remaining heaters , feedwater system or turbine.
These by-pass and isolation rangements shall be in accordance with the
relevant Bid Drawings.
In spite of isolation and bypass operation of any heater group, the turbine
generator unit shall be capable of operation at 100% RO without any load
decrease and without any alarm initiation.
(k) The turbine shall be designed to have good adaptability to load changes. The required
load change rate is given below.
TMCR-75
5
75 -50
3
50-20
2
(1) Maximum step load change acceptable to the turbine shall be not less than :t 10% of
RO/min. in the load range of 50% TMCR - 100% TMCR. The unit can sustain such
changes without limitation of times.
(m) The start-up time ofunit (from ignition to rated output) shall match that ofboiler and
the following stt-up time shall be obtained:
Cold stt-up
Warm stt-up (7 2hr shutdown)
Hot stt-up (8hr shutdown)
Very hot start-up (lhr shutdo)
14 hours
8 hours
2.5 hours
2 hours
4. 1.3 Guarantees of Performance

Each system and equipment shall meet the specific guarantees of performance given in
Technical Schedules ofVolume 13 with respect to:
(a)
Turbine Heat Rate (weighted mean value; 75% ofthe efficiency at the Rated Output
plus 25% ofthe efficiency at 75% ofthe Rated Output)
(b)
Auxiliary Power Consumption
4-1-5
VIETNAM ELECTRICITYEPSCO
(c)
Maximum Continuous Rating
(d)
Continuous Operation at Rated Output Conditions
(e)
Dissolved Oxygen Content in the condensate (condensate pump outlet) and in the
feedwater (B FP suction)
(f)
Temperature Ri se ofthe Generator and Associated Items
4. 1.4
Drawings to be Submitted
4. 1.4.1 Common Reauirements

The Contractor shall submit all necessary drawings/documents required for review by
EVN/the
Consultant
of
desi gn/engineering,
supeisory
work
of
erection/test/commissioning and operation and maintenance after taking over.
The following document/drawing shall be submitted for all systems/equipment as a
minimum, but not limited to:
(1) Determination (Calculation) ofSpecifications for M or Equipment
a. How to decide the design -conditions (e.g. pressure and temperature)
b. How to decide the specifications, capacity, size, number of equipment, etc.
along with supporting calculation and data/information
(2) Strength calculation of equipment, vessels , pipes, pressure parts and structures.
(3) Performance calculations of equipment and systems
(4) Performance Curves (pumpslF anslB lowerslElectric Motors/Steam Turbine)
including specific data, weight, GD2 , etc.
(5) CV value calculation of control valves along with system operation pattern
(6) Specifications of major equipment
(7) General arrangement drawings with dimensions and materials
(8) Sectional assembly drawings with dimensions and materials
(9) Component drawings with dimensions and material
(1 0) System description of each system
4-1-6
VIETNAM ELECTRICITYffEPSCO
OMONffiEfAL
POWER PLANT
(Main & Reheat Steam , Extraction Steam, Condensate,. . . .)
(1 1) Piping and instrument diagram. (Main systems in turbine island including main
& reheat steam, auxiliary steam, extraction steam, condensate, feedwater, heater
drain & vent, condenser air extraction shall be in one P&ID. Circulating water
and auxiliary cooling water system shall be in one P&ID. )
(1 2) Piping Arrangement for Each Piping System
(13) Thermal Stress An alysis ofMain Piping System
(14) Name Plate ofMajor Equipment
(1 5) Disassembling method and necessy hanging!handling method

(16) Foundation drawing along all necessary fixtures , materials and devices
(17) Necessary lists (I nstrument, Valve, Pipe, Hanger and Supports, Lubricant, etc.)
(18) Necessary Procedure (Test and Inspection, Erection, Thermalt Insulation,
Painting, etc.)
(19) Overhaul procedure drawing ofmajor components
4. 1.4.2 Drawin 2:s for Eauioment/Svstems in Turbine Island
The following shall be submitted as a minimum, but not limited to:
1) System Design and Calculation
Determination (Calculation) ofDesign PressurelTemperature
Hydraulic Gradient and Pressure Gradient Diagram ofCirculating Water System
System Head Curves of Circulating Water System
System Head Curves ofBoiler Feed Pumps including the analysis ofNPSH
CWP Transient Analysis
BFP (Deaerator) Transient An alysis
CW Hot Water Recirculation An alysis
CW Intake Pit Water Flow Analysis
2) Steam Turbine
Name Plate
4-1-7
Material List for Turbine M or Components
Thermal Kit including Expansion Line, Extraction Pressure vs Stage Flow,

Gland Leakage Flow Curve, Exhaust Loss Curve.
Goveming Valve Lift vs Flow/L oad
Required Steam
Operation Limits
Setting Values and their basis for Annunciation and Trip
Turbine Cooling Curve
Life Expenditure ofTurbine Rotor
Tuming Gear Operation
Start up Curves for Various Operation Mode
Turbine Operation with Turbine Bypass System
Operating Heat Balance Diagrams (for Heater Cut Operation in Various Heater
Cut Mode, Condenser Half Section IN Operation, Turbine Bypass Operation in
Various Turbine Bypass Operation Mode)
Provisions to Prevent Water lnduction into Turbine
Turbine Thrust Force, Critical Speed and Moment oflnertia
Turbine Overspeed Calculation
Heater Cut Operation
Campbell Diagram
Turbine and Generator Rotor Alignment Diagram
Clearance Diagram
Differential expansion Diagram
Lay Down Drawing
Turbine Control Diagram (Turbine Goveming and Protection)
Design Description on Turbine Control System (Turbine Goveming and

Protection)
Design Description on Turbine Control Oil System
Design Description on Turbine Lubricating Oil System
Design Description on Turbine Gland Steam and Drain System
Quali
4-1-8
Design Description on Oil Purification System
Outline drawing ofturbine components including:

- Steam Turbine
- HP Stop Valve
- HPGV
- Reheat Stop Valve
- Interceptor Valve
- Turbine Bypass Valve
- Lubricating Oil Equipment
Sectional assembly drawing ofturbine components including, but not limited to:
- Steam Turbine
- HPIIP Rotor
- LP Rotor
- HPIIP Casing (OuterlInner)
- LP Casing (OuterlInner)
- Rotor Couplings
- Cross Over Pipe
- 1st stage Nozzle Box
- Nozzle Diaphragms
- Blade Rings, if applicable
- Dummy Rings , if applicable
- Rotor Gland
- Rotor Grounding Brush
- Assembly and Arrangement of Fixing Method (Support Bar, Key, Pin) of
Casings, Nozzle Diaphragms, Blade Rings, Dummy Rings , Nozzle Box, etc.
- J oumal Bearing
- Thrust Bearing
- Tuming Gear
- Tuming Front Standard (Control Pedestal)
4-1-9
VIETNAM ELECTRlCITYITEPSCO
- Tuming Intermediate Bearing Pedestal
- HP Stop Valve Hydraulic Cylinder
- HP GV Hydraulic Cylinder
- Reheat Stop Valve Hydraulic Cylinder
- Interceptor Valve Hydraulic Cylinder
- Turbine Bypass Valve
- All Control Devices
- Mechanical Overspeed Trip Device
- Overspeed Trip and Reset Mechanism
- Solenoid Trip device
- Thrust Bearing Trip device
- Exhaust Casing Relief Diaphragms
Arrangement ofHP/I P Turbine Casing Bolt
Arr angement of LP Turbine Casing Bolt
Turbine Lagging (Appearance Cover)
Turbine Intemal Wiring Diagram
Drawings of All Turbine Supervisory Instruments

- Vibration
- Shell Expansion
- Rotor Position
- Di:fferential Expansion
- Eccentricity
- Thrust Bearing Wear
- All the Other Turbine Supervisory Instruments
Location and Construction ofEarth Terminal
Turbine Foundation Bl ock Outline with Loading
Arrangement of Embedded Plate induding Bench Marks in T/G Foundation
Block
Foundation Bolt Arr angement
4-1-10
o MON THERMALPOWER PLANT
VIETNAM ELECTRICITYI'EPSCO
Assembly and Arrangement of Sole Plate and Keys

Shipping Dimensions ofTurbine
M or
Components
- HP/IP Rotor
- LPRotor
- Cross Over Pipe

- Blade Rings, if applicable
- Dummy Rings , if applicable
Rotor Gland
- Major Valves
- Lubricating Oil Equipment
- Control Equipment
\
Piping Arrangement Drawings (Turbine integral piping)

Gland Steam and Drain System
Control Oil System
Lubricating Oil System
Oil Purification System
Piping Arrangement in Bearing Pedestal
3) Steam Turbine Auxiliaries
Outline/AssemblylPerformance CurvelP erformance Test Procedure
4-1-11
r
j
3
**
-
uJ
- Nozzle Diaphragms
S?
- LP Inner Casing - Lower Half
,
\
- LP Inner Casing - Upper Half
:r
- LP Outer Casing - Lower Half
-3
- LP Outer Casing - Upper Half
- HPIIP Inner Casing - Lower Half
?rth
-
- HPIIP Outer Casing - Lower Half

- HPIIP Inner Casing - Upper Half
3
7
- HP/IP Outer Casing - Upper Half
M
M
M
Vapor Extractor
Oil Transfer Pump
r ,"
Outline/AssemblylFoundation
Oil Purifier (Stationary)
Oil Purifier (Portable)
Dirty Oil Collection Tank
Oil Separator
4) BFP Turbine
Basically, the Same as the Main Turbine
5) Condenser
Name Plate
Determination (Calculation ofbasic specifications)
Specification
Outline
Sectional Assembly
Performance Curves
Tube Arrangement
Assembly ofExpansion Joint
Arrangement ofPiping inside Condenser Neck
Shipping Drawings
Foundation (Bolt and Key Arrangement)
6) Condenser Tube Cleaning System
Specifications
4-1-12
1/
W1l
@ nK
.m P
m
j
C n
Fru
4l
Rm
HD .
-
8) Pumps
Determination (Calculation of basic specifications)
Specifications
Flow Diagram Around Condenser Vacuum Pumps
Name Plate
Outline
Assembly
Performance Curves
Performance Test Procedure
F oundation
9) Feed Water Heater and Gland Steam Condenser
Specifications
Name Plate
Outline
Assembly
Tube Arrangement
4-1-13
Stren!h
Foundation
calculation
10) Deaerator and Feed Water Storage Tank
Determination (Calculation ofbasic specifications
Specifications
Name Plate
Outline
Assembly
Strength calculation
Foundation
11) Oil Cooler
Specifications
Name Plate
Outline
Assembly
Foundation
12) Auxiliary
Cing
Water Heat Exchanger
Specifications
Name Plate
Outline
Assembly
Foundation
13) Auxiliary Cooling Water Head Tank
Outline
4-1-14
Foundation
14) Traveling Screen
Specifications
Flow Diagram
Outline
Assembly
15) Tanks
Specifications
NamePlate
Outline
Assembly
Strength calculation
F oundation
16) Fire Fighting System
Determination of the System
Calculations (Capacity, Size, Hydraulic calculation of spray/cooling system)
Specifications of the System
Application List of Fighting System
Flow Diagrams
Schematic Diagrams
Equipment Specifications
Equipment Drawing
Equipment Arrangement Drawing
17) Piping system

General piping arrangement drawing, lists and calculations as specified in Clause
2.2.2.1.8 for the piping system in turbine island. Drawing of each pipe spool shall
4-1-15
o MON 11IERMAL POWER PLANT
be submitted for circulating water piping.

18) Construction
ErectionJInstallation Schedule
ErectionJInstallation Procedure including Pre-assembly Plan at Site
Hydrostatic Test procedure at Site
Oil Flushing Procedure
Test RunJCommissioning Procedure
19) Quality Control
Quality Control Procedure
InspectionITest Plan
Test and Inspection Procedure including NDE (Shop/Site)
Witness Test Item and Procedure (Shop/Site)
InspectionITest Report (Shop/Site)
20) Operation & maintenance Procedure
Operation & Maintenance Manual
Overhaul Plan
Spare Parts List (Essential & Recommended)
Lubrication Oil List
21) Performance Test
Performance Test Procedure
Performance Test Report
4-1-16
VIETNAM ELECTRICITY/ TEPSCO

4.2 MECHANICAL WORKS
4.2.1 Steam Turbine and Auxiliaries
4.2. 1. 1 Scope and Limit of Supply
Th is Clause covers the supply ofturbine and auxiliary equipment complete with all items
required to satisfy this Specification including, but not be limited to the following:
(a)
Turbine complete with bearing pedestals
(b) Main and reheat steam chests incorporating stop valves with strainers, goveming
valves, reheat stop valves and reheat goveming valves with interconnecting piping with
hangers, heat insulations, fittings and accessories necessy for turbine and between
steam chests.
(c)
Digital electro-hydraulic goveming system
(d) Lubricating oil system complete with shaft driven or AC motor driven main oil
pump, AC motor driven auxiliary oil pump, DC motor driven emergency oil pump, AC or
hydraulic motor driven tuming gear oil pump, oil coolers, tanks and purification plant
(e)
Gland sealing system
(f)
Manufacturers standard turbine supervisory instrumentation package and

local instrumentation and controlloops
necssary
(g)
LP turbine exhaust relief diaphragms
(h) Tuming gear, AC motor operated jacking oiI pump (if required) and piping,
facilities for local/remote/automatic operation and facilities for hand tuming
(i) Motor or pneumatic operated turbine drain valves, with drain piping, hangers,
orifices, etc.
(j)
Forced-closing xtraction steam non-retum valves
(k)
LP turbine steam bypass system
(1)
Foundation anchor bolts, embedded parts, bedplates, soleplates, shims, packers, etc.
4-2-1
VIETNAM ELECTRlCITY/ TEPSCO

for all equipment
(m) Instrumentation and controls - refer to Volume 7.
(n)
Electrical
Systms
- refer to Volumes 2 and 8.
4.2.1.2 General Design and Construction

(a) The steam turbine shall be of standard design condensing, tandem compound,
double flow exhaust, single reheat and regenerative type.
(b) The turbine coupled to a generator specified in Clause 4.2 .1 7, shall be installed on a
concrete foundation and shaIl have the condenser placed underneath.
(c)
The type ofturbine casings shaIl be either ofthe below two:

Combined HPIIP casing and LP casing (2 casing type)
Separate HP, IP and LP casings (3 casing type)
4.2. 1. 3 Main Stoo and Governing Valves. Reheat Stoo and Reheat Governing Valves.
and Pioing
4 .2.1. 3.1 Arrangement ofValves
(a) Main stop valve operating in series with the governing valves shaIl be provided on
steam pipe for controlling main sten flow at the inlet of the HP turbine. In addition,
reheat stop valves with reheat governing valves shall be provided on steam pipe for
controlling reheat steam flow at the inlet ofthe IP turbine.
(b) Governing valves shaIl be provided at the inlet of the HP cylinder to fulfi Il aIl
requirements ofthe governing system described in Clause 4.2.1.12. In addition , sufficient
reheat governing valves shall be provided at the inlet of the IP cylinder to fulfi Il all
requirements involving control of reheat steam flow.
(c)
All valves shall be designed to be tripped by the operation of the emergency

hand trip lever, solenoid trip, the low vacuum trip, etc.
governo
(d) Main stop valve shall incorporate by-pass valve , if necssary in functioning, for
starting up purpose and shall be located as close to the turbine inlets as possible to
minimize the effects on potential of overspeed caused by entrained steam during load
rejectlon.
4-2-2
o MON THERMAL PO 'lERPLANT
(e) Facilities shall be provided for on-Ioad testing of all the valves, and overspeed
protection and all other protection devices.
(f) Supervisory thermocouples shall be provided at recommended points on the valve
bodies (steam chests) to measure metal and steam temperatures for the evaluation of
thermal stress levels.
(g) Satisfactory access for operational and maintenance purposes by means of

permanent platforms and walkways shall be provided to all valves. If any valves are not
accessible for maintenance purpose from the power house crane, then additional lifting
dismantling gear shall be provided.
(h) le steam connections and any necessary piping between the main and reheat stop
valves and the turbine cylinders shall be provided.
(i) These connections and piping shall be arranged so as to avoid distortion and to
avoid undue expansion thrusts being loaded on the turbine casings.
Q) le steam pipes and connections shall be fully welded except where it is necessary
to provide dismantling joints and shall be of proven design, of which details shall be
included in the Bid.
(k) The piping and valve chests shall be designed so as to prevent undue noise being
produced by the f1 0w of steam through them at any load.
(1) A power operated drain (or vent, ifnecessary) valve shall be provided (as a part of
the turbine drain system) and be aanged to drain and/or allow the f1 0w of warming
steam from each stop valve chest just upstream of the valve seat. This shall have an
adequate steam f1 0w capacity to facilitate warming.
(m) Drain or vent facility shall be properly arranged just upstream of each group of
goveming valves.
(n) All main steam and reheat valve bodies or chests shall be thermally insulated so that
their cooling rate after shutdown is closely similar to that of the associated turbine
casmgs.
(0) All main and reheat steam pipeworks shall be cleaned in accordance with the steam
blow procedure. For this process, steam will be blown through the respective emergency
stop valve chests and temporary piping to atmosphere. A lI necessa temporary pipe
4-2-3

work and steam silencing equipment shall be prepared.
7:
4.2. 1. 3 .2 General Design Requirements
Special attentioall be paid to the surface finish to avoid abrupt change of waU.
thickness in the steam chests and valve bodies for reduction of stress concentration.
/:
-':-"/
(b) The Bidder shall describe what special provisions have been made in the design of,
the steam chests and valve bodies to reduce the possibility of cracking during a life span
ofthe machine.
(c)
The turbine steam valves shal1 be designed to allow full-arc admission.
(d) Stop and governor valve stems shall be designed to prevent sticking to the bushing
and deposit bui1d up.
(e) The main stop and reheat stop valves shall be capable of withstanding hydrostatic
pressure of 1.5 times the relevant design pressure.
(f) The valves, spindles, bushes and glands shall be of compatible materials entirely
suitable for the operating conditions.
(g) Valve seats and valve plugs or heads shall be hardened or provided with hard al1 0y
areas to minmize eroson.
(h) Spindles, guide bushes and glands shall operate for prolonged periods of operation
without pick-up, seizure or permanent change of dimensions.
(i) Full details ofthe materials proposed for the valves , seats, spindles and guides shall
be provided in the Bid, along with details of operating experience with these materials.
0) The Bidder shall also show the location of the leakage and drain destinations of
each spindle leak-off.
(k)
All steam leakage from the valve spindles shall be recovered.
(1) The spindle steam leakage from the main and reheat stop and goveming valves shalI
be recovered as much as possible.
(m) The servomotors ofall turbine (main and reheat) stop and governing valves shall be
4-2-4
operated hydraulica Ily by oil supplied from the control oil system.
(n) All these valves shall be arranged to be held open by the hydraulic pressure and to
be closed (against all steam pressure) by spring action.
(0) An electro-hydraulic conveer shall be provided for each servomotor properly to
operate in conjunction with the electro-hydraulic turbine goveming system.
(p) All necessary equipment and design features shall be provided to ensure the rapid
closure of all valves in the event of a turbine trip.
(q) Provision shall be made for local and remote operation (tripping and re-setting) of
the main stop, reheat stop, goveming and reheat goveming valves.
(r) All these valves shall close automatically in the event ofloss of control oil pressure.
Adequate provisions shall also be included to facilitate testing each valve and servo for
satisfactory operation with the turbine on-Ioad. (Refer also to Clause 4.2.1.3.3 for on-Ioad
testing requirements).
(s) The opening time of each valve shall be as fast as practicable. The Bidder shall state
the range of opening times with his standard governing system.
(t) The Bidder shall describe fully the arrangement and methods of operation proposed
for the main and reheat stop and goveming valves, and the protection provided to prevent
the turbine speed from reaching a dangerous value in the event of the normal governing
equipment failing to function on loss of load.
Hydraulic power and control equipment for steam valves shall have a positive
means of lubrication for all sliding and rotating bearing mechanisms.
(u)
(v) Wh ere these mechanisms are exposed to atmospheric conditions, they shall be
adequately protected by dust covers or seals to prevent dust build-up in bearings and on
joumals, plungers or similar small clearance parts.
(w) Servomotor en c1 0sure shall be designed to prevent corrosion and malfunction ofthe
enclosed elements due to water vapour.
(x) Oil pipe connections to all servomotors shall be aanged to absorb all vibration ,
shock loading and thermal expansion movements so as to avoid any risk of fatigue cracks
or overstressing at the connections. Details of such connections shall be given in the Bid.
4-2-5
(y)
In all cases, it is preferred that mechanicallinkages between steam valves and their
(aa) Reheat governing valves shall be designed to be compatible with the turbine byP
systems. They shall be arranged to operate satisfactorily on hot reheat steam governng
duty for extended periods at low loads with the turbine bypass systems in operation.
4.2.1 .3 .3 On-Load Testing
(a) Facilities shall be provided for the regular on-load testing of each main stop valve,
each governor valve, and each ofthe reheat stop and reheat governing valves. The testing
shall involve full closure of each valve with the turbine on-load.
(b) The Bidder shall describe the prosions to be made and the procedure to be adopted
for On-Load Testing ofthese valves. The test facilities shall be located in such a position
that one operator can select, test and confirm the correct operation of each valve in turn.
(c) The Bidder shall state what reduction in load he expects will be necessar to allow
this testing to be carried out. Any provisions required in the way of cross-over piping to
minimize loss ofload under on-load test conditions shall be included.
(d) Test equipment for plotting the valve travel characteristics during on-load testing
shall be provided.
4.2. 1.3 .4 Steam Strainers
(a) The main stop and reheat stop valves shall be provided with permanent rigged
steam strainers to protect the turbine against foreign matter.
(b) Each strainer may be a separate item or an integral part of the respective stop valve
and shall be arranged so as to permit reasonably easy inspection and cleaning.
(c) Additional temporary steam strainers sha lI be supplied and fitted to the main and
reheat circuits so as to prevent any damage to the valve bodies and the turbine blades
during the initial commissioning period.
4-2-6
(d) Temporary strainers shall also be supplied in the auxiliary steam supply (e.g. steam
to gland steam system).
(e) le temporar strainers shalI have openings smaller than those of the permanent
strainers, and shall be suitable for passing sufficient steam to generate at least 80% ofthe
Rated Output without exceeding a differential pressure which is liable to cause failure of
the strainers within a operation period of at least 1,500 hours at that differential pressure.
(f) The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning all steam strainers during the initial
commissioning period and the subsequent removal ofthe temporary strainers.
(g) Differential pressure gauges shall be proded to give local indication of the
differential pressure across each temporary and permanent steam strainer. Pulsation
damping devices shall be provided with the differential pressure gauges.
4.2. 1. 4 Turbine Casings
(a) Preferably, the turbine casing shall be of horizontally split type, but other type
casings will be also accepted, if it is advantageous.
(b) The turbine casings shall be designed and of construction such that growth of any
defects shall be minimized or distortion of any part, under the conditions to be met in
practice, shall not affect the efficiency and reliability of the plant.
(c) Materials ofall portions ofthe casing and steam chests shall carefully be chosen to
withstand the steam conditions to which they may be subjected.
(d) Casings shall be thermally treated to minimize the possibility of distortion
occurring while in service.
(e) Multiple inlet and exhaust branches shall as far as possible be symmetrically
arranged.
(f) The HP and IP turbine sections shall be of double casing design. The casings will be
supported at the centerline. The LP turbine shall include an inner casing that may be of
welded steeI fabrication. The outer casing may be of welded steel fabrication The LP
casing shall be divided on the horizontal centerline.
(g)
For maintenance and inspection purposes, suitable lifting gear and slings shall be
4-2-7
OMONlERMAL POWER
PLANT
provided for raising and lowering the turbine casings and rotors without interfering the
blades or remainder of the machines. Guide rods for preventing damage to the blades
shall be proded.
(h) Jackscrews , lifting lugs , eyebolts, positioning screws , guide rods aor
necessary ts shall be provided to facilitate alignment, disassembly and reassery:?
~4N\Z
(i) Wh en jack screws are used as a mes of parting contact on faces , the mating fac
shall be counter-bored to receive the jack screw in order to prevent subsequent impr
fit caused by marking.
G) In no circumstances shall the casings be subjected to high temperatures without the
protection of adequate thermal insulation either at the Contractors shops or at site.
(k) Supervisory thermocouples shall be provided at recommended points on the
cylinder casings to indicate metal and steam temperatures and to enable thermal stress
levels to be evaluated.
(1) True centerline support is prefeed for all casings. The Bidder shall describe the
methods of supporting all inner and outer casings.
(m) The LP cylinder shall be provided with relief diaphragms that shall be aangedto
discharge steam upward into the turbine hall and with cooling spray water system to be
operated in the event ofhigh e1aust temperature.
(n) Spray water shaIl be taken from condensate pump discharge to control excessive
exhaust heating for low load operating and high back pressure situations.
(0) The LP cylinders shall be designed to minimize the effects of moisture erosion and
corroslon.
(p) Casing shall be designed to have openings with covers for ease of insertion of
weights for turbine rotor balancing.
(q) 1e LP cylinder outer casing shall incorporate access doors that enable sighting of
the last rows of blades from outside the machine. These access doors shall also allow
suitable personnel access.
(r) Provision shall be made inside and outside the casing for safe access by use ofrungs
and handrails.
4-2-8
(s) Access to the condenser steam space shall be in accordance with Clause 4.2.2 .3 and
not through the LP cylinder outer casing access doors.
4.2.1. 5 Hi!!h Temoerature Boltin!!
4.2. 1. 5 .1 Design ofBolting
(a) Bolting for the casing joints shall be designed for tightening intervals of minimum
30,000 hours.
(b) Particular attention shaIl be paid to the design of aIl bolts subject to hi1
temperature, such as those for turbine casings and nozzle boxes, to ensure that they resist
creep under aIl normal operating conditions.
(c) The material of aIl bolts and studs operating at 4800 C and higher shaIl be such that
gives a basic life (i.e. the minimum, possible period at design temperature before a crack
could appear in any such bolt or stud) in excess of200,000 hours.
(d) The Bidder shaIl state and define the material life and give formulae for aIl factors,
such as numbers ofturbine starts, bolt design (i.e. degree of elastication) , surface finish
and degree and method of initial tightening, which may affect the life of each group of
bolts or studs.
(e) The Bidder shall state the intervals in the life of each group of bolts and studs at
which they should be examined for cracks, and shall also describe the general design
features of the bolts and studs which reduce stress raising effects. In particular, the
diameter ofthe unthreaded portion ofthe bolt or stud shall be related to the root diameter
of the threaded portion and fillet radii.
(f) The materials ofthe different groups ofmajor component bolts and studs, andjoint
rings where applicable, should be stated in the relevant Schedule ofthe Bid.
(g) Before manufacture commences, the Contractor shall supply any outstanding
information necessary to complete full details of materials and physical specifications of
aIl high temperature bolts, nuts, studs, set bolts, dowels, joint rings , etc. together with the
working loads on all bolts , studs and set bolts. No studs wilI be aIlowed in pipe
connections to casings unless approved by EVN.
4-2-9
VIETNAM ELECTRJCITY/ TEPSCO

4.2.1.5.2 Bolt Tightening Equipment
(c) Provision shall be made for the measurement of imposed tightening strain on high
temperature bolts, whether mechanically or thermally extended, by means of ultrasonic
bolt stress monitoring facilities and suitable bore holes for the use of depth gauges.
(d)
One (1) complete set ofbolt extension measuring equipment shall be provided.
(e) The surface finish ofthe bore holes shall be smooth and shall be adequate to permit
ultrasonic testing for cracks using a bore hole probe. The bore hole shall not terminate
near the plane ofa change in section ofthe bolt.
(f) If hydraulic bolt stretching equipment is offered, the Bidder shall brie f1y describe
the procedure for tightening the bolts of a cylinder. In this case, all necessa items shall
be included. One (1) fu lI set of spares for all wearing parts shall be provided.
(g) For tightening using heating elements, one (1) complete set of all necessa
apparatus, including transformer, shall be provided together with one (1) full set of spares
for the heating elements and insulators. The electric supply for the bolt heating
transformers will be 400 V 50 Hz 3 phase 4 wire and the secondary voltage shall not
exceed 63.5 V to eah.
(h) An eahed shield shall be provided between the primary and secondary windings.
Adequate lenhs of f1 exible armoured cable ofapproved design shall be supplied for the
HV and LV transformer connections, together with an approved plug to suit the 400 V
service outlets in the turbine house , for each transformer. The bolt heating elements shalI
be of the earthed metal sheathed type.
4.2. 1. 6 Turbine Rotors and Couo!im!:s
(a) The turbine rotor shalI be so designed that when coupled to the generator the critica!
speeds of the combined rotor systems are removed over the range of speeds from 6%
be!ow the rated speed to maximum speed reached upon overspeed trip after govemor
4-2-10
o MON illERMAL POWER PLANT

failure.
(b)
The turbine rotors shall be of mono-block forging or welded construction.
(c) Th e Bidder shall state his previous experience with the design of welded
construction, if offered and shall be able to show a minimum offive (5) year operational
experience with an identical or closely similar design.
(d)
Rotor designs incorporating shrunk-on discs are not acceptable.
(e) The procedures proposed for inspection of the rotors in order to ensure their
soundness and homogeneity shall be stated in the Bid, together with particulars of the
thermal treatment proposed in order to minimize the possibility of distortion occurring
while in service.
(f) The HP and IP rotors shall be given thermal stability test. The Bidder shall state his
intentions with regard to thermal stability tests for the LP rotors.
(g) Turbine rotors with integral discs should be annealed at the temperature of not less
than 600 0 C before final machining and balancing to render them as free as possible from
residual stress and to test their thermal stability. If necessary, the annealing process shall
be repeated several times until the rotational stab i1ity is within acceptable limits.
(h) All rotors complete with turbine blades and completed shafts shall be subjected to
overspeed testing and dynamic balancing.
(i) Couplings shall be designed to allow removal ofany one (1) rotor without opening
adjacent turbine casings. Bolt tensioning equipment is required.
G) Indicating instrument to measure rotor clearances shall be provided for maintenance

purpose.
(k) The Bidder shall also indicate the number and position of test pieces from rotor
forgings to be used in assessing fracture toughness values and also the non-destructive
test methods and defect acceptance standards to be employed in examination of the
rotors.
(1)
Void
(m) Grooves for locating balance weights to allow on site balancing of the rotors at a
4-2-11
VIETNAM ELECTR1CITY / TEPSCO
o MON THERMAL PO
later date shall be incorporated into the rotor design.

4.2. 1.7 Blade
(a) The turbine blade shaIl be so designed to obtain high efficiency of
conversion and shall be consistent with low loading, stressing and vibration to ensure
long-term reliability.
(b) The blade shall be designed and constructed to avoid the possibility of damage from
vibration when the unit is running at any expectable speed at any load up to the turbine
maximum continuous rating.
(c)
The rotating blade may be either forged or machined from solid material.
(d) The stationary blade (nozzle) may be cast, forged or machined from solid material
provided every precaution is taken to ensure hi quali caing.
(e)
All blades and nozzles shall be of proven design.
(f) Nozzles and associated chambers, diaphragms and carrier rings shall be designed
for minimizing their deflection and being commensurate with the clearances in the
turbine under maximum steam load conditions.
(g) The blade material shall have sufficient strength propeies against creep and fatigue
with small elongation at fracture and resistance to cracking, scaling and erosion in the
operating conditions.
(h) The blade shall be free from sudden changes of sectional area liable to cause stress
concentration.
(i) The blade shall be designed to minimize blade end leakage. Full details ofthe blade
design shall be submitted with the Bid, including details such as blade root fixing and
shrouding attachment for each blade row.
0) Details of stationary blade shall also be provided, including supporting, alignment

and interstage sealing aangements.
(k) LP blades in the wet region shall be suitably protected against erosion and a detailed
description shall be given in the Bid. Fitted erosion shields of stellite are preferred for this
duty. Other forms of protection such as f1 ame hardened blades will only be considered if
4-2-12

fully substantiated by proven service.
(1)
100% radiography ofthe erosion shield attachment to the blade is required.
(m) Adequate drainage arrangements from the interstage spaces ofthe LP cylinder shall
be incorporated in the design.
(n) The low pressure blading for all cylinders shall be designed to have maximum
efficiency with adequate strength to meet design life criteria.
(0) The Contractor shall demonstrate that all blade and wheel mode frequencies of the
last three stages are adequately removed from running speed.
(p) The blade vibration characteristics shalI be presented in the form of a Campbell
diagram.
(q) Full details of all blading shaIl be submitted with the Bid as we lI as details for
provision of diaphragms and inner casing accessories for removal of intemal glands and
seals necessary for maintenance purpose and replacement.
4.2. 1. 8 Glands and Gland Sealinl! Svstem
4.2. 1. 8.1 Shaft Glands
(a) Each cylinder shall be provided with efficient shaft glands of the steam sealed
multi-stage labyrinth type.
(b) Glands and interstage seals shall preferably be ofthe spring-back type. The Bidder
shall state the arrangements proposed and shall provide detailed explanations covering
any instances where spring-back glands are not proposed.
(c) The glands shall be capable of maintaining full condenser vacuum with the turbine
on tuming gear and during start up and shut down in addition to normaI operation and
shall be self regulating under any operating conditions.
4.2.1.8.2 Gland Sealing Steam System
(a) A complete gland sealing steam system shall be provided inter-connecting the shaft
gIands each other and with appropriate sources of sealing steam, or with appropriate
points for the discharge of excess steam.
4-2-13
VI'IE'AM ELECTRICI1 YITE' PSCO
0 MON THERMAL POWER P,
?
r
9J
(b) ArrangemeIncorporating a gland steam condenser shall be included as detledClause 4.2. 1. 8.3 to prevent leakage steam from the shaft glands.
(c) The gland sten system shall normally be fully automatic in operation but shall
incJ ude aangements for manuaI contro l.
(e) All isolating valves required to be operated when placing the gland steam system
into service (after shut-down ofup to 60 hours duration) and when taking it out of service
shall be motorized and arranged to be suitable for remote contro l.
(f) The system shall provide the automatic regulation of gland sten pressure and
temperature and shall operate satisfactorily at all turbine loads and at all possible steam
conditions taking account of the variable pressure and turbine by-pass provisions of this
Specification.
(g) Where the gland steam supply pressure is dependent on the main steam pressure, the
gland steam system shall be designed to operate satisfactorily on automatic contro l.
(h) The gland steam system shall be capable of controlling the wide fluctuations in
boiler steam pressure that can occur during start-up and shutdown.
Adequate drainage ofthe gland steam system under alI conditions shall be provided.
G) Where gIand steam temperature control is achieved by use of direct contact spray
type desuperheaters, the design shall include features to prevent water raching the shaft
glands in the event of malfunction of the desuperheater spray water control system.
(k) A steam strainer shall be provided before the pressure reducing valve(s) of the
steam supply to the glands.
(1) The strainer shall be sized to prevent entry of any forign matter that could damage
the shaft glands.
(m) Details of the mesh size of the strainers proposed shall be given in the Bid. The
strainer shall be arranged to permit easy inspection and cleaning. Provision shall be made
4-2-14
L**
(d) All necessary steam pipes, vents, desuperheaters and valves (except for modulating
controI valves that shall be subject to the particular provisions of Clause 4.2. 1. 8.4) shall
be included.
(i)

for measuring the differential pressure across the strainer.
(n) The full description of the gland sealing arrangements shall be given in the Bid,
together with a diagrammatic aangement ofthe system.
4.2. 1. 8.3 Gland Steam Exhauster System
(a) The outermost pockets ofall shaft glands shall be connected to an exhauster system
maintained at a slight vacuum and arranged to prevent steam leakage to atmosphere.
Steam from the exhauster system shall be condensed in a single full-duty gland
sten condenser.
(b)
(c) Two (2) x 100% duty AC motor driven exhauster fans shall be provided to maintain
the vacuum and to discharge incondensible gases to atmosphere.
(d)
The gland steam condenser tubes shall be of 304 stainless stee l.
(e) The system shall preferably be aanged to operate satisfactorily with the gland
steam condenser out of service when necessary for maintenance purpose. Under these
circumstances the two (2) exhauster fans may be arranged to operate together.
(f) Atmospheric vent pipework from the exhauster fans shall be provided and shall be
arranged to discharge outside the power house , in a location su ect to the approval of
EVN.
(g) Appropriate aangements shall be included to return the condensate drainage from
the gland steam condenser to the system via the main condenser.
(h) Water side of the gland steam condenser shall be incorporated into the condensate
and feedwater heating system upstream of LP heaters , the corresponding detailed
specification requirements being set out in Clause 4.2.5 "Feedwater Heating System".
4.2. 1. 8.4 Gland Sealing Control and Instrumentation
(a) The Contractor shall develop a comprehensive control and instrumentation scheme
taking account of the various requirements of this Specification.
(b) Thermocouples shall be fitted to monitor the temperature of the inlet steam to each
shaft gland.
4-2-15
(c) The desuperheating of sealing steam for the LP glands, and

appropriate, shall be fully automatic under any operating conditions.
(d) The gland steam temperature downstream of any desuperheater shall be monitore
locally and remotely and abnormal temperature alarm features shall also be included in
the monitoring system.
/
(
(e) Local indication of pressure in the gland sealing steam supply and exhauster
manifolds shall be provided, appropriately located in the vicinity ofthe pressure reducing
control valves to facilitate local manual control when necessary. Alarms , indicate
abnormal pressures, shall be included.
4.2. 1.9
(a) All main bearings shall be of the pressure lubricated journal type and shall be
accessible without removal ofturbine casings. They shall be ofthe horizontally split type.
(b) The equipment necessy to lift the shafts for removing the bottom halves of the
bearings without utilizing the overhead crane shall be provided.
(c) The thrust bearing shall be capable ofhandling the maximum possible thrust under
any operating conditions.
(d) A thrust beng wear indicator shall be provided with an alarm for excessive wear.
For more excessive wea the turbine tripping signal shall be activated.
(e) Provision shall be made to permit vertical and horizontal adjustment of each bearing
by shim manipulation, and not by scraping or remetalling, in order to accommodate
realignment without wholesale dismantling.
(f) Bridge gauges shall be provided for each bearing so that wear on the bearings can be
readily ascertained. These gauges shall be fina lIy fitted and stamped on site after the
alignment of the rotors has been proved. The design and material specification of the
bridge gauges shall be such as to prevent alterations in the gauge reading with variations
m temperature.
(g) The bearings shall be pressure lubricated by the lubricating oil system and provision
shall be made to accommodate jacking oil connections, if required.
4-2-16
(h) Permanent strainer bodies with replaceable strainer shall be provided on each oil
supply line to bearings.
(i) Visible indication ofthe retum oil flow from each bearing shall be provided. A dial
type thermometer of an approved type shall also be provided for the retum oil from each
bearing.
(j) An earthing brush shall be fitted to the turbine shaft for the prevention of damage to
the bearings due to any electrostatic charges that may be produced. Earthing brushes shall
be suitable for replacement under the turbine generator in service. The brush shall be
located in an oil contamination free position within an enclosure so that it is visible at all
times.
(k) The Contractor shall install preferably resistance temperature detectors or

altematively, duplex thermocouples in the white metal of each bearing of the turbine, and
also in pads ofthe thrust bearing. These thermocouples shall be positioned so as to ensure
a quick response in detecting abnormal changes in metal temperature.
(1) The thermocouples shall be cabled to junction boxes located
pedestal.
a acent
to each
(m) A resistance temperature detector for indication in central control room and a
separate locally mounted temperature indicator shall be provided in each main bearing oil
drain.
(n) In addition, thermocouples or preferably resistance temperature detectors in white
metal of the turbine generator bearings shall be supplied for local or remote indication,
recording and remote alarm annunciation.
4.2. 1. 10
Lubricating Oil Svstem
4.2. 1. 10 .1 General
(a)
A complete lubricating oil system shall be provided for the turbine generator unit.
(b) Lubricating oil systems shall include bearing oil , control oil, jacking oil (if required) ,
seaI oiI, dirty oiI drains and transfer oiI system.
(c) The control oil system may use the same oil as lubricating oil supplied from the oil
supply unit common to lubricating oil system. Control oil system where non-inflammable
4-2-17
oil is supplied from other oil supply unit than that of lubricating oil system can also be
proposed, if it is the Bidder s standard practice and well proven by successful operatin~
experiences of units similar to that proposed for this Project.
The system shall be capable of maintaining the continuous operation of all parts of ~. F
.~
(d)
the unit without ule heating under any conditions of load when only one oil cooler is . /
available with auxiliary cooling water (demineralized water) at its maximum design inlet L~
temperature.
(e) The temperature shall be selected by the Bidder in the auxiliary cooling water
system design.
(
The system shall have sufficient capacity to accommodate the cooling requirements
of the bearing oil system, control oil system, generator seal oil system and jacking oil
system if required.
(g) The capacity of the main oil tank shall be such that the number of complete oil
changes per hour does not exceed ten (10).
(h) The main oil tank shall have sufficient capacity to ensure the oil retention time is
adequate. The Bidder shall comment upon the adequacy of their tank design in this
respect.
(i) The Bidder shall state what kind of special precautions are proposed to counter
corrosion of pipework and equipment during prolonged shut down, and erosion that
might occur in drain pipe work due to the two-phase f1 0w expected in the location.
G)
Arrangements shall be made to ensure that the closed circuit cooling water pressure
is less than the lubricating oil pressure in the oil coolers under any operating conditions.
(k) le lubricating oil system for the Turbine Generator unit shall comprise at least the
following equipment:(i)
a main oil pump driven by the turbine shaft or separated AC motor
(ii)
an AC motor driven full duty auxiliary oil pump
(iii) a DC motor driven emergency oil pump

(iv) an AC or hydraulic motor driven turning gear oil pump
4-2-18
(v)
Two (2)
100% capacity oil coolers
(vi) a main oil tank, complete with a vent and

extraction fans with motors
1:"\o
(2)
100% capacity vapour
(vii) a filter type oil purifier, permanently connected to the lubricating oil system
(viii) a portable oil purifier
(ix) anAC d DC motor drivenjacking oil pump with motors (ifrequired)
(x)
all necessary pipework, valves, fittings , filters , temporary flushing strainers
(xi) a dirty oil drain collection tank, oil transfer pumps with -motors and pipe work
(1) The existing clean oil storage tank and dirty oil storage tank of Unit No.l is
commonly used for the lubricating oil system of Unit No.2. As for the terminal points
between Unit No.l and Unit No.2 , see Drawing Nos. OM2T-1003 TURBINE
LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM and OM2G-1016 TERMINAL POINT LIST in Volume
11. Necessa transfer pumps with motors and pipe work for the connection and operation
with Unit No.l lubricating oiI system shall be pmvided. Necessary modification work
and accompanying material to connect the piping between the lubricating oil system of
Unit No.2 and the existing clean oil storage tank and dirty oil storage tank shall be
provided by the Contractor.
(m) Proximity of the oil system to high temperature steam pipes shall be avoided to
protect from fire hazard and oil pipes shall be located below the steam pipes, wherever
possible.
(n) Main supply and retum headers shall preferably be integrated with the supply
header inside the retum oil pipe. Guards and drip trays shall be provided where necessa
to prevent oil escapes from contacting hot piping and other hot pas of the machine.
4.2.1.10.2 Main Oil Ta
(a) The Main oil tank sha l1 be located within the power house as remote from high
temperature steam pipework as practicable, and may be installed on the ground level or
altematively on an elevated level so long as adequate gravity drainage ofthe system to the
tank exists, and adequate drainag facilities shall be provided from the tank to the
4-2-19
VIETNAM ELECTRICITYI TEPSCO
lubricating oil storage tank. The tank shall be supported by the steelwork having adequate
strenh and rigidity.
(b) The tank shall be of welded construction and manufactured of high quality mild
steel plate and shall have sufficient capacity to hold all the oil within the system.
(c) In order to avoid site welding that could damage the tank internal painting, pads
shall be welded to the tank for all necessa pipe connections, pump seating facilities,
pipe supports, steelwork or hand railing supports.
(d) Tank penetrations shall be welded both internally and externally. All pads should be
tapped for the supply of studs to effect connections.
(e) Altrnatively pipe connections to the tank may be made by means ofbutt-welding
and in this case the tank shall be provided with stubs or nozzles extending out from the
tank wall by a sufficient distance to prevent the heat of welding causing any damage to
the internal painting.
(f) The tank base shall be sloped to a common position to facilitate complete draining
of the tank and a lockable drain valve shall be provided directly at the flange. Access to
this valve shall be provided and in the event of a high level tank being offered, then a
second lockable isolating valve shall be provided, located for convenient operation from
the ground floor level.
(g) Following fabrication ofthe tank, the nternal surfaces ofthe tank shall be painted
with a paint that is totally suitable for long terrn use both in the oil environment and in the
humidity to be expected in the oil tank during all working conditions.
(h) The Bidder shall state the type of paint he proposes for use of painting the tank
internal sections in his Bid. Appropriate surface preparation shall be carried out prior to
internal painting, including shot or grit blasting and solvent washing.
(i) The tank shall be fitted with manholes on the top surface to allow easy access to
each internal section. Access rungs shall be provided under each manhole to perrnit safe
and easy access. AII openings shaIl be protruded of the top surface of the tank and
aanged to prevent dirt or dbris.
(j) The oil tank shall be vented by ho (2) x 100% capacity AC motor driven vapor
extractors. The vapor extractor impeller and casing shall be of materials that will not
cause sparking when contacted.
4-2-20
(k) Vent shall be taken outside the building and above the rooflevel , and the end ofthe
pipe shall be directed away from the building. Any horizontal vent pipe shall have a
natural drainage back to the tank , and suitable drainage of oil bound-up shall be pro ded
at the dscharge from the extractor and elsewhere in the vent system as necessary.
(1) The oil vapor vent shall be provided with oil strainer/on trap arrangement to prevent
oil spray into the atmosphere.
(m) The oil tank shall be provided with two (2) level switches to be used to initiate
alarms when the oillevel is low, and lower one will be used to initiate a trip ofthe turbine.
A visual oillevel gauge shall also be provided.
(n) Suitable removable fine mesh strainers shall be fitted to all oil inlet lines to the tank.
In addition coarser mesh strainers shall be fitted to all pump suctions. Arrangements for
cleaning all strainers shall be described in the Bid.
(0) Special attention shall be paid to the tank design for handling hydrogen entrainment
in the generator lubricating oil drains.
(p)
Sampling points shall be provided at suitable locations on the oil tank.
4.2. 1. 10.3 Oil Coolers

(a)
Two (2) 100% duty oil coolers shall be provided for the turbine generator uni t.
(b) The oil coolers shall be of separately mounted self-contained type or mounted
within the main oil tank. Maintenance easiness shall be considered whichever pe is
selected.
(c) The coolers shall be provided with changeover facilities such that under any
operating conditions up to full load, a change over of cooler can be effected without
throttling the oil supply to the uni t.
(d) The change over aangement shall be such that one cooler cannot be isolated before
the second is in service.
(e) The cooler shall be designed based upon tubular heat exchangers with cooling water
passing through the inside oftubes, and the lubricating oil through the outside oftubes.
4-2-21
VIETNAM ELECTRJCITY / TEPSCO
(f) Th e materials of tubes shall be 304 stainless steel and the tube plate shall be of
carbon stee l. The tube shall be straight and not ofthe U tube or coil type.
(i) The cooler waterboxes shall be of cast iron or fabricated steel lined with neoprene
rubber at least 3 mm thick. The highest point of each waterbox shall be supplied with a
connection for priming.
G) An expansion relief valve, and all appropriate drain and air release valves shall be
provided with pipework leading to the nearest convenient drain trench.
(k) The coolers shall be supported such that the bottom waterboxes can be removed
without difficulty providing adequate access to the bottom tube plate.
(1) The waterbox connections shall be arranged such that tubes can be cleaned without
breaking any oil or water pipe joints.
(m) The tube bundle shall be able to be withdrawn without breaking other than the water
joints to the waterboxes.
(n) Cooler top covers shall be fitted with adequate tube bundle withdrawal facilities ,
and li :ft ing lugs shall also be provided for Iifting ofthe coolers.
(0) The oil pressure in the coolers shall be higher than the cooling water pressure under
all running conditions.
(p) The temperature ofthe oilleaving the oil coolers shall be capable ofbeing remotely
altered by adjusting the cooling water flow to the coolers. A control valve and modulating
equipment shall be provided.
(q) Heat exchangers of plate type also can be proposed for oil coolers if it is the
Bidder s standard practice and well proven by successful operating experiences of size,
type and duty similar to this Project. Plate material of plate type oil cooler shall be
tltanmm.
4-2-22
4.2. 1. 10 .4 Lubricating Oil Pumps

(a)
Main OiI Pump

(i)
The main oil pump shall be mechanically driven by the turbine shaft or
separated AC motor.
(ii)
The pump shall be rated at 100% duty, sufficient to supply all oil requirements
for the lubricating, control, and seal oil systems as appropriate under aIl
conditions of load and at all turbine shaft speed.
(i ii) Provision shall be made for automatic priming of the main oil pump and for
the maintenance of adequate suction head.
(b)
Auxilia
Oil Pump
(i)
The auxiliary oil pump shall be AC motor driven and located integral with the
Main Oil Tank.
(ii)
This pump shall be rated at 100% duty, the same as the Main Oil Pump, and
shall be self-priming.
(i ii) The pump shall be capable of allowing the turbine generator to operate under
any conditions of Ioad and speed with the Main Oil Pump out of service, and
wi1l be ava iI able primarily for starting up ofthe turbine generator unit and for
automatic standby upon run down of the unit.
(iv) The auxiliary oil pump stop and start initiation shall be accommodated by the
provision of pressure switches.
(v)
(c)
The system shall be so designed to ensure that the operation of the Auxiliary
Oil Pump, automatic start sequence does not allow the oil pressure to drop to a
level that would trip the turbine generator uni t.
Emergency Oil Pump

(i)
The emergency oiI pump shall be provided, mounted integral with the main oil
tank for the supply of sufficient lubricating oil to the bearings when the unit is
running down after a trip, or being barred.
4-2-23
o MON TIlERMAL POWER PLANT
(ii)
The pump shall be rated at 100% duty, and ofthe DC motor driven.
(iii) The pump shall be arranged so as to put into operation automatically on

failure of AC supplies and also on a fall of lubricating oil pressure.
(iv) The pump shall be aanged to enable the turbine generator !ought to
rest without damage under mishap conditions such as the tot~fAC
H~?
supplies.
(d)
(_
Turning Gear Oil Pump

(i)
(ii)
/TI.;
The turning gear oil pump shall be AC motor driven and located iral with
the Main Oil Tank.
This pump shall be rated at 100% duty, sufficient to supply lubricating oil for
turnng gear.
(iii) The pump shall be designed to start automatically when the turbine speed
reaches 3% ofthe rated speed.
(e)
The above lubricating oil pumps shall be of centrifugal pe.
4.2.1.10.5 Lubricating Oil Pipework and Valves

(a)
All pipework shall be seamless carbon steel unless otherwise approved.
(b) No pipework shall run near high temperature steam pipework, and there shall be no
flanged joints except at the terminating f1 anges on pedestals, pumps, tanks, etc.
(c) All weldedjoints shall be subject to 100% radiographic examination and shall have
root runs of weld carried out by the Tungsten Inert Gas Method.
(d) Oil pipework shall be supported to reduce the effects of shock loading and vibration,
and particular attention shall be paid to the integrity of areas ofhigh stress concentrations
caused by expansion and contraction of the turbine generator uni t.
(e)
All pipe bends shall preferably be of long radius.
(f)
Temporary coarse and fine mesh oil filters shall be provided for initial operation, in
4-2-24

all oil return pipelines.
(g) Provision shall be made for the collection and detection of any leaking oi l. Details
ofthe fire guard system against oilleakage shall be proposed in the Bid.
(h) Pressure piping of oil feed shall be guarded by unpressurised oil retum piping
running wholly within it. Covered ductwork and drip-trays of approved design shall be
provided wherever necessY to both protect the pipework and to lead possible oilleaks
away from inaccessible and high temperature areas.
(i) The drain pipework shall be designed such that it copes adequately with all oil flows
to be encountered without flooding.
u)
Bidders shall comment on the precautions proposed to prevent excessive internal

corrosion ofthe drain pipe and oil tank air spaces due to high humidity.
(k) Oil drain systems of special materials that
corrosion in the drain pipe air space may be offered.
lard
against long term internal
(1) Pipework may be constructed with butt or socket weld pe fittings subject to
approval by EVN ofwelding and non-destructive testing procedures. Where reducers are
used, only seamless swaged fittings shall be used. Compression pe fittings shall not be
accepted on oil systems.
(m) Sight flow inspection boxes shall be provided on all return oil pipes from each
bearing and shal1 be !ocated adjacent to each bearing pedestal in a position that is plainly
visible to personnel standing on the operating floor local to the bearing pedesta l. The
boxes shall be fitted with toughened glass to withstand breakage. They shall be designed
such that oil splash does not occur, and that good vision within the box is maintained at all
times. The boxes should preferably have a V-notch weir or other facility to show normal
flow.
(n) The cast iron shall not be used for the components for valves , strainer bodies and the
like.
(0) Strainer with replaceable strainer baskets shall be installed before each bearing and
elsewhere as required , for use during oil flushing procedures.
(p) The strainer shall be installed such that strainer basket mesh size can be readily
changed to suit the particular flushing operation.
4-2-25
(q) Provision shall be made to effect maximum flow disturbances during oil flushing by
way of air injection and thermal cycling techniques.
(r) Permanent full flow strainers, having sufficiently fine mesh size to protect the plant
from damage , shaIl be fitted in the lubricating oil supply pipework.
(s) The strainers shaIl be fitted with differential pressure indication and alarm , and sha;ij-
be capable ofbeing cleaned in service without interruption of oil supplies.
~
1*
4.2.1.10.6 Lubricating Oil Purifier

(a) An filter type oil purifier, for water and sludge removal from the lubricating oil,
shalI be provided with an hourIy capacity ofnot less than 15% ofthe total oil quantity in
the lubricating, control and seal oil systems.
(b) The oil purifier shall be permanently connected in a bypass to the lubricating oil
system in such a manner that it can be operated whenever the turbine generator is running
or shut down. The Bidder shaIl give fu lI technical information.
(c) If oil heating is required for optimum purifier performance, the purifier shaIl be
provided with an indirect heating system with thermostatic control arranged to heat the
incoming oi l.
(d) The purifier shall be provided with all necessa tools and equipment to effect
maintenance cleaning, which shall be supplied in a portable rubber wheeled tro l1ey. The
trolley shall include provision for handling oil waste and cleaning fluid. One (1)
too l/cleaning trolley shaIl be proded for a purifier.
(e)
One (1) portable oil purifier of 1000 lIh capacity shall be provided.
4.2. 1. 10.7 Jacking Oil System (i f required)

(a) A high pressure jacking oil system shall be provided to supply oil for lifting the
turbine generator rotors in their bearings in order to reduce the starting torque, and to
provide protection of the bearings from damage during low speed turning of the rotors.
The system shall also operate in the event that hand turning is required.
(b) Each unit shall be provided with two (2) positive displacement pump, AC and DC
motor driven. All necessary valves, strainers, pipework and fittings shall be provided.
4-2-26
(c) Supply pipes shalI be run to each bearing from the purnp, necessary fine mesh
strainers are to be provided to protect the plant. The high pressure oiI supply to each
bearing shall incorporate an isolating valve and an adjustable reliefvalve.
(d) The system pipework shall be fully welded and shall be effectively cleaned prior to
the admission of oil to the bearings. All pipework shall either be guarded or run inside
sealed ductwork to protect against oil leakage, in accordance with the requirements
detailed for lubricating and control oil pipework.
4.2. 1. 10.8 Control Oil System
(a) The turbine governing and stop valves shall be operated by control oil systern of
which oil is supplied frorn the lubricating oil system at rnain oil pump or the auxiliary oil
purnp outlet.
(b) The control oil shall be supplied through duplicate 100% duty filters which will
allow on-load cleaning and the filters shall be changed over frorn one filter to the other
without interruption to full oiI flow. The filters shalI be fitted with differential pressure
indication and alarm.
(c) The pipework shalI be an all welded system with 100% radiographic examination
with a minimum use of flanges installed at valve gea strainers, pedestals, etc.
(d) Suitable provision shall be rnade to accommodate on leakage at such flanges , in
particular in the vicinity of above high temperature components and thermal lagging.
Details ofthe guard system against oilleakage shall be proposed in the Bid.
(e) Pressure piping of oil feed shall be guarded by unpressurised oil retum piping
running wholly within it.
(f) Covered ductwork and drip-trays of approved design shall be provided wherever
necessary to both protect the pipework and to lead possible oil leaks away from
inaccessible and.high temperature areas.
(g) The pipework shall be properly cleaned prior to operation ofthe goveming system
and if necessary, shall be chemicalI y cleaned by the Contractor at Site.
(h)
Cast iron components shall not be permitted within the system.
4-2-27

4.2. 1. 10.9 Dirty Oil Drains System
(a) One (1) dirty oil drains collection tank and all associated pipework s
provided for the turbine generor unit, to collect oil by gravity drainage from aI
leakage , venting and draining points such as pump glands , control valves, oil strain
drip trays , vent and drain tundishes and oil purifier.
f".:
i*
(b) The Contractor shall specizy the tank details in full to suit his requirements , i
shall determine the location. The dirty oil drains will be pumped to a disposal point atfto
the existing di oil storage tank; the pump and pipework shall be permanently installed.
(c) The materials and procedure of construction of the tank and system shall comply
fuIly with the requirements of the lubricating oil system.
(d) The drain tank shall be suitably protected intemally with an oil resistant paint, and
shal1 be located wthin a bund area.
(e)
A tank drain system shall provide suitable valves and fitted with a blind f1 ange.
(f) The drain pipe shall be suitable for use as a puddle pipe where it comes out through
the bund.
(g) The tank shall be fitted with two (2) level switches that shall have startlstop control
on the transfer pump. A high level alarm switch shall also be provided.
4.2. 1. 10 .1 0 Transfer Oil System
(a)
General
(i)
The clean oil storage tank and dirty oil storage tank for Unit No.l is
commonly used to the lubricating oil system of Unit NO.2.
(ii) As for the terminal points between Unit NO.l and Unit No.2 , se Drawing Nos.
OM2T-I003 TURBINE LUB Rl CATING OIL SYSTEM and OM2G-I016
TERMINAL POINT LIST in Volume 11.
(iii) Necessary transfer pumps with motors and pipe work for the connection and
operation with Unit NO.l lubricating oil system shall be provided.
(b)
Void
4-2-28
(c)
Pumps
(i)
In the event that a f1 00r mounted unit main oil tank is provided, the Contractor
shall provide AC motor driven transfer oil pumps as necessary for the purpose
of emptying the lubricating oil tank. le tanks are to be placed within a
bunded area. Pumps are to be located outside the bund.
(ii)
In addition, AC motor driven transfer oil pump shall also be provided for the
purpose of transferring oil from the oil storage tanks to the main oil tank, if
existing storage oiI transfer pump cannot be used due to the Contractor s
design.
(iii) Th e pumps shall be sized to allow transfer of oil between tanks within 4 hours.
(d)
POable
Purifier connections
Suitable and sufficient connections shall be provided for use ofthe portable purifier
in at least around dirty oil drain collection tank .
4 .2.1. 11 T'uming Gear
(a) An AC motor or hydraulic motor operated tuming gear shall be supplied which will
automatically disengage when the turbine rotor speed exceeds tuming speed and which
will automatically engage on rundown of the turbine-generator.
(b) The automatic engagement feature must be completely reliable and of a well proven
design as evidenced by operating experience on existing units.
(c) Provision shall be made for the tuming gear to be engaged manually and also hand
tuming capability shall be provided. Turbine rotor speed on tuming shall not be less than
3 rpm.
(d) The tuming gear shall be interlocked to prevent operation ofthe tuming gear motor
unless the jacking oiI (if provided) and a tuming oiI pump or an emergency oiI pump are
running and the tuming gear is full engaged. The tuming gear motor shall be ranged to
trip in the event of loss of Iubricating oiI pressure.
(e) The tuming gear shall be capable of accelerating the rotor assembly from rest. It
shall be rated to enable uninterrupted tuming to be carried out under all appropriate
4-2-29
OMON IERMAL POWER PLANT
circumstances and shall also be entirely suitable for intermittent use during maintenance.
(f) The turning gear shall be AC motor driven with suitable gearing and clutch
assemblies as applicable.
(i)
Limit switches shall be provided for remote indication of turning gear status.
The hand turning device shall be provided for turning the complete rotor assembly
during maintenance and during an emergency when the AC system is out of service. This
device shall be subject to EVN s approval.
(j)
(k) The hand turning gear shall be suitable for intermittent operation and shall be
interlocked so that the motor cannot be put into service when the hand turning gear device
is in position for use.
(1) le Bidder shall state the criteria recommended for determining when, after a shut
down, the turning of the turbine generator rotor assembly may cease, also those for
determining the minimum pre-service turning times after any shaft standstill period.
(m) Full details ofthe hand tuming mechanism and the procedure to be followed in its
use shall be described in the Bid.
4.2. 1. 12 T'urbine Governing Svstem
4.2. 1. 12 .1 Turbine Governor
(a)
General
(i)
A turbine govemor shall be a digital electro-hydraulic control (DEHC) type

with such adequate redundancies that failure of a part ofthe governor will not
affect the load or speed ofthe turbine.
(ii)
Low pressure (LP) DEHC is preferable, but high pressure (HP) DEHC also
4-2-30
can be offered provided that sufficient track record in 300 MW class turbine is
possessed.
(iii) The govemor wiII be applied for turbine speed regulation during normal
on-Ioad operation and during turbine run-up contro l.
(iv) Goveming shall be provided on both HP Goveming Valves and Reheat
Goveming Valves to permit both turbine speed and load control when
operating in conjunction with the HP and LP turbine by-passes.
(v)
Any requirement for the control of the relative gain and off-set between the
HP Goveming and Reheat Goveming Valves shall be clearly identified and
the necessary facilities for adjustment shall be provided.
(vi) As to specification ofthe turbine

referred.
(b)
govemo
Clause 7.4 .6 ofVolume 7 shall be
Govemor Speed and Reference Signals

le
govemor shall employ a speed feedback signal derived from a shaft mounted
toothed wheel and probe system arranged to cilitate run-up speed control from
tuming speed as well as speed/load control at and about the rated speed. Separate
inputs shall be provided with suitable interface provisions to accept;
(c)
(i)
the naow range speed or load reference signal generated by the Unit Control
System for on-Ioad govemor contro l.
(ii)
the wide range speed reference signals generated by the turbine auto run-up
system and by the altemative manual set point control facility.
Requirements for On-Load Govemor Control

The govemor shall comply with the following requirements for on-Ioad duty:-
(i)
For on-load operation, the govemor shall regulate the turbine load in
accordance with the demand signal applied to its naow range speed signal
reference (or speeder gear) inpu t. The demand signal will be generated either
by the Controller or the manual setting from the central control room.
Similarly the same input shall control turbine speed at about the rated speed
point for unsynchronized operation. The Bid shall include details of the
4-2-31
various types of demand control signals that are suitable for the govemor
offered.
/
l
l
l
L
accessible to the unit operator.
(iv) Speed control facilities shall be provided to allow the controlled overspeeding
of the turbine for the testing of the overspeed emergency govemor.
(v)
Provision shall also be made for a form of operation with a govemor droop of
4%, but over a maximum frequency band width of 50 :t O.5 Hz, it shall be
possible to adjust the droop to an extent to make it insensitive to frequency
variation. All protective functions to control overspeed shall continue to be
operative.
(vi) "Load Limiter" function shall be provided to limit the steady state maximum
opening of the govemor valves in order to limit the nominal load level at
given boiler pressure. The control shall be insensitive to the speed droop
characteristic and shall permit the further closing of the govemor valves
overriding the operation of other limiting functions or the transient response
of the govemor. The control will be used in conjunction with the turbine
unloading system.
(d)
Requirements for Start-up Govemor Control

(i)
A start-up speed govemor shall be provided for the control ofthe turbine from
tuming speed to the normal rated speed.
(ii)
The govemor is to be used in conjunction with the automatic run-up control

system (refer volume 7) which will generate the speed reference signal to the
wide range speed govemor.
4-2-32
(iii) The B idder shall include details of the various types of demand control signal
that are suitable for the governor offered.
(e)
Governor Description and Data

The Bidder shall provide , in his Bid, a detailed description ofthe govemor system
that shall make particular reference to the following topics:
(i)
Its mode of operation and any control options which can be offered
(ii)
The operational experience and reliability of the governor offered and any
similar electrohydraulic governors installed by the Bidder
(iii) The general system arrangement, the redundancy provisions and the design
philosophy adopted to ensure "fail safe" operation
(iv) The power supply arrangements and requiremen1s
(v)
A controlloop block diagram and transfer functions identifying the response

characteristics and stability margins under typical operating conditions
(vi) A quantitative definition or method of determining the effect of any

adjustment facilities , accessible to the user or commissioning engineer for
tuning ofthe governor, on the governor transfer functions
4.2.1.12.2 Overspeed Govemor
\
(a)
General
(i)
There shall be provided two (2) entirely separate systems to protect the turbine
against overspeed in the event of failure of the normal speed goveming
facilities of the turbine govemor.
(ii)
At least one of these system shall comprise a separate emergency mechanical

safty device mounted on the turbine shaft which shall be arranged to come
into action when the speed rises to 109% - 111 % of rated speed.
(iii) The second system shall comprise either a duplicate mechanical safety device
or alternative device which may, subject to EVN s approval , take the form of
4-2-33

an electronic speed comparator device.
preferred to have two out of three logic.
le
electronic protection system is
(iv) Provision shall be made for ready access to the emergency govemor for
adjustment and any special tools required are to be provided. It shall be
possible to easily adjust the setting of the two (2) emergency devices withi
30 rev/min without the exercise of special skills.
(v)
Any restrictions on overspeed testing of the turbine generator when coming
into service shall be detailed in the Bid.

(b)
Design Requirements
(i)
As outlined above , the overspeed govemor shall consist of two (2) entirely
independent trip channels.
(ii)
Each channel of the overspeed govemors shall be capable of being

independently tested both on-load by simulation and also off-load by raising
the actual shaft speed to overspeed trip levels.
(iii) Interlocks shall be provided to ensure that both channels cannot be tested
simultaneously, one (1) channel always remaining in service, and that the
tapping linkage cannot be reset from its test to its normal position before the
overspeed trip ring (or equivalent device) has retumed to its normal position
to avoid inadvertent tripping ofthe unit.
(iv) The on-load testing of the overspeed govemor channels shaIl be caied out
remotely from the central control room as well as all off-load actual overspeed
testing ofthe turbine.
(v)
(c)
A unit trip due to the operation of either channel of the overspeed govemor
shall require manual re-setting ofthe trip mechanism.
Access for Adjustment

(i)
The mechanically operated emergency govemor(s) shall be readily accessible

for adjustment without the removal of other than access covers.
(ii)
Satisfactory overspeed trip ring adjustment shall be available without

dismantling the trip ring assembly.
4-2-34
4.2.1.12.3 Turbine Protection

(a)
(b)
Supervisory Instrumentation
(i)
Equipment shall be provided for protecting the turbine from any hazardous
operating condition by monitoring and annunciating the turbine condition or
unloading the turbine as appropriate.
(ii)
The following turbine supervisory instrumentation will be required as a

mllllmum: i.
Dirential expansion
ii.
Bearing vibration
iii.
Bearing metal temperature
iv.
Bearing drain oil temperature
v.
Shaft eccentricity
vi.
Speed detection
vi i. Thrust wear
viii. Valve position indication
ix.
Exhaust hood temperature
x.
HP and IP upper and lower casing temperature
Turbine Tripping
A turbine trip wilI follow upon receipt ofthe following signals as a minimum
(i) Overspeed
(ii) Back-up overspeed
(iii) Electrohydraulic govemor failure
(iv) Oil supply pressure low low
(v) Condenser pressure high high
(vi) Thrust bearing wear
(vii) Boiler tripped
(viii) Shaft vibration high high
(ix) Generator tripped
(x) Emergency stop push-button , locaIIy and remotely operated
(xi) Local manual trip
4-2-35
4.2. 1. 13 1'urbine Bv-Pass Svstem

4.2. 1. 13 .1 General
(a)
A fully integrated HP and LP by-pass system shall be installed, to allow:

/
1
, /
(ii)
Two-shift operation in which the unit is operated at low load or with the
turbine-generator stopped
(iii) The unit to continue operation at reduced load (house load operation) after a
load r ection preferably without boiler or reheater safety valves operating
(b) le turbine HP and LP by-pass systems shall be designed to take account of all
anticipated operating conditions and regimes.
(c) For Bidding purposes the HP by-pass system shall be assumed to be sized to allow
for 30% of the boiler maximum continuous rating (B MCR) at rated steam conditions at
the HP stop valves (1 6.68 MPa, 538 0 C) and LP by-pass system shall be assumed to be
sized for full HP by-pass flow plus HP and LP by-pass spray water flows as a minimum.
(d)
The by-pass systems shall include the following:
(i) The LP by-pass piping which connects from the hot reheat piping to the main
condenser
(ii) The LP by-pass valves, attemperating equipment, valve supports, hangers and
insulation
(iii) All HP and LP steam by-pass valves , associated control (refer Volume 7),
desuperheating equipment and pipework shall be supplied as fully integrated
and designed systems to suit the chosen boiler and turbine designs.
(iv) The by-pass valves shall be superior quality devices of the pressure reducing
and the desuperheating type specifically developed for turbine by passing duty
or other special purpose valves proven for steam turbine by-passing duty.
(v) The Bidder shall include, in his Bid, a full operating description ofthe turbine
4-2-36
bypass systems proposed, explain the anticipated mode of operation and

identify any limitations of operation. The description shall include the method
of actuation proposed for the bypass valves.
(vi) The by-passes shall be arranged to draw steam from the main and hot reheat
steam lines a acent to the turbine inlets with attention to the adequacy of
drainage provisions.
(vii) All drain, vent and warrning valves and associated piping
satisfactory operation ofthe by-passes shall be supplied.
necessa
for
(viii) The by-passes shall be arranged to open quickly on direct signaling of an

excessive partial or totalloss in generator electricalload, turbine trip , and on
detection of boiler pressure exceeding a target value below the setting of the
boiler safety valves, so that the by-pass operation reduces the frequency of
safety valve operation in order to reduce safety valve maintenance, water loss
and noise emission.
(ix) In addition to the fast opening of the by-passes on generator sudden load
reduction or boiler overpressure, the by-pass control shall be aanged to
receive signals from the turbine generator start-up and loading control scheme
(or from remote manual operation from the central control room), to facilitate
the matching of steam and turbine metal temperatures, so as to assist the
stting or re-starting of the uni t.
(x) The Bidder shall includ in his Bid, a full description of the anticipated
operating modes ofthe by-pass systems.
4.2. 1. 13.2 LPBy-Pass System
(a) The LP by-pass system shall operate in conjunction with the HP by-pass and shall
allow steam to f1 0w from the hot reheat pipework directly into the condenser.
(b) A pressure reducing valve complete with a hydraulic type actuator and its control
system shall be supplied, together with desuperheating spray water piping and equipment,
and the by-pass system pipework.
(c) Motor-operated isolating valve shall be provided upstream ofthe LP bypass control
valve.
4-2-37
(d) Th e low pressure by-pass shall be generally controlled similar to that for the high
pressure by-pass but will include a feature to cause the low pressure by-pass valve to
close quickly on excessive condenser backpressure.
(e) Wh en a section of the condenser is lost due to failure CW pump, th4~

shall, if required , partially close the LP by-pass valve to limit the f1 0w capacif1
v~ "!-' _r..
bypass to prevent thermal overload ofthe condenser.
. ~
/J["
,'-,,;,
J
.'
*"
(f) During unit start-up, the LP by-pass valve shall be arranged to control the. (e
steam pressure at an appropriate pressure.
~2
(g) Under normal operating conditions, the LP by-pass valve shall remain closed,
responding to a variable pressure set point arranged to be maintained above actual reheat
pressure by a small margin.
(h) le LP by-pass control valve shall close rapidly upon low spray water pressure , low
condenser vacuum, and high steam temperature downstream of the desuperheating
station.
(i) The desuperheating spray water shall be supplied from the condensate pump
discharge.
U) The LP by-pass system control equipment, spray water control equipment and
instrumentation together with the necessy by-pass control initiating devices and
instrumentation shall be provided (refeed to Volume 7).
(k) Suitable attention shall be paid to the provision of warming drains as close to the
by-pass control valve as possible in order to minimize thermal shock on the by-pass
control valve and upstream pipework when the by-pass comes into operation.
(1) Special attention shall be paid to the positioning of the valve, desuperheating and
other pressure reducing equipment in order to reduce noise levels to those acceptable
within this Specification and if required acoustic hoods shall be provided by the
Contractor.
(m) The Contractor shall be responsible for the complete design of the LP by-pass
system and shall size it to cope with its required duty under all operating conditions,
taking into consideration the capacity and design of the HP by-pass system and the
requirements of the Boiler to meet the turbine metal temperature matching and load
rejection stability rquirements.
4-2-38
o MON THERMAL PO lERPLANT
(n) Th e back-pressure on the HP turbine shall be limited by the by-pass to ensure that
the temperature limitations (including maximum permissible rate of change of
temperature) at the HP turbine exhaust and cold re-heat pipework are not exceeded under
any conditions of operation
(0)
Access to the LP by-pass valve shall be provided.
4.2. 1. 13.3
HPElaust
Non-Retum Valve
(a) In order to protect the HP turbine from the effects of possible reverse flow through
the cylinder when the by-pass system is in operation, the Contractor shall supply power
assisted quick closing non-retum valve in the cold reheat pipework
(b) Arrangement shall be included for the initiation ofthe cIosing action ofthe valve in
all appropriate instances, including turbine trip and overspeed govemor operation.
(c) The valve shall be positioned in horizontal piping between the HP cylinder e:xhaust
and the HP by-pass connection on the cold reheat pipework, and shall be fitted with a
mechanism which gives a clear external indication ofvalve position limit switches.
(d) The steam pipe and connection between HP
turbine casing shall be provided.
eaust
non-return valve and the
4.2. 1. 14 Extraction Steam Non-Return Valves

(a) Turbine extraction steam non-return valves shall be provided at each extraction
point, equipped with pneumatic power assisted cylinders to ensure rapid closure and
minimize the risk of over-speeding on load rejection due to entrained steam.
(b)
On-Ioad testing facilities of power-operated valves shall be provided.
(c) As to provision of extraction steam power assisted non-retum valve , ANSIIASME

TDP-l "Recommended Practices for the Prevention of Water Damage to Steam Turbine
Used for Electric Power Generation" shall be closely referred.
4-2-39

4.2. 1. 15 T'urbine and Pioework Svstem Drains
4.2. 1. 15 .1 General
(a) All parts of the turbine and steam pipework where water accurnulates sliall be
drained and wherever possible, any clean drainage shall be recovered and retumed to the
condensate system.
(b) le steam drainage systems shall be provided complete from the point of drainage
to the final disposal points. They shall provide for the safe and efficient start-up and
operation ofthe turbine generator unit, controlled rernotely and automated.
\
(c) Each drain shall be separately controlled and run separately to its discharge point to
avoid preferential draining. Drains shall have a continuous fall towards the point of
discharge, and shall be of not less than 25 mm norninal bore.
(d) A dirt trap of approved design shall be fitted at the first bend in each drain and
provision shall be made at the dirt trap for cleaning the upper portion ofthe drain pipe.
(e) No steam drains shall be directed into the hot or cold reheat piping (except for HP
cylinder intemal drainage to HP elaust if appropriate).
(f) Intemal drainage system ofthe turbine shall be provided to ensure that water dose
not accumulate in the casings, paicularly between exhaust end diaphragms.
(g) As for the design ofturbine pipework system drain, ANSIIASME TDP-l shall be
closely referred.
4.2.1.15.2 Discharge Arrangernent
(a) Discharge arrangement of steam, drain , water and vent to be recovered in the
condenser shall be in accordance with Clause 4.2.2 .3.
4 .2.1. 15 .3 Drain Valves and Traps
(a) Drainage from the HP and IP turbine cylinders, steam chests, loop pipes and
associated extraction stearn pipes shall be controlled by individual motor or pneurnatic
isolating valves mounted in series aanged to operate sequentiaIl y as master/rnartyr
valves.
4-2-40
(b)
The martyr valve shall carry out the throttling duty and the master valve shall be
aanged to provide tight isolation.
(c) All drain valves required to be operated during and after a shutdown for the period
of up to 60 hours shall be power operated and arranged for local operation and
mamtenance.
(d) Drain valves and traps shall be readily accessible and conveniently grouped for
local operation and maintenance.
(e) le use of drain traps shall be kept to a minimum and shall be subject to the
approvalofEVN.
(f) Steam traps, where fitted , shall be of an approved type and as far as possible of the
same design construction.
(g) Traps of the thermostatic type are preferable; those of the float type shall not be
used.
(h) Each trap assembly shall include by-pass valves(s) (double isolation required for
high pressure applications) and shall be neatly and compactly installed in the form of a
self-contained unit located in a position readily accessible for valve operation and
mamtenance.
4.2.1. 16 Appearance Covers
(a) Turbine appearance covers shall be provided in accordance with the Contractors
standard design and also where required for noise attenuation purposes.
(b) The appearance covers shall be of pleasing appearance , suitably stiffened and
secured to avoid thermal distortion. They shall be resistant to corrosion and mechanical
damage, and shall have adequate provisions to allow free access to all areas ofthe turbine
for maintenance and operation.
(c) For the purpose ofreducing maintenance outage periods to a practicable minimum ,
the appearance covers shall be designed to be readily removable in those sections where
maintenance would normally be carried out.
(d) Such movable sections shall be strenhened to facilitate removal and replacement
without damage and arranged so that when sections are removed, instruments, instrument
4-2-41
panels, gauge boards and connections need not be disturbed.

(e)
Adequate door access to the inside ofthe covers sha11 be provided.
(f) Roof opening with covers Iocated directly above the turbine bearings11 be
provided for maintnance purpose.
(g) Where necessary, suitable lighting shall be provided under the covers arranged to
produce an adequate lighting level that is compatible with safe working and safe access.
(h) Alllocal instrumentation gauges, oiI sight glasses, sliprings and the like, local to the
turbine generator shall be visible from the outside ofthe appearance covers.
[
4.2.1.17 Thermal Insulation

(a)
The Bid shall include the supply and application of all necessa thermal insulation.
(b) The insulating material for the turbine cylinders, steam chests (valve bodies) , loop
pipes and pipes near the turbine involved in turbine dismantling and assembly shall be of
plastic material except where joints may have to be broken.
(c) In such cases slip joints shall be incorporated into the insulating material and shall
be designed so that the components (including withdrawal of casing f1 ange bolts) can be
removed without disturbing or damaging the plastic material insulation beyond the slip
Jomt.
\
\
(d) For breakable disassembly joints, the preferred insulating method is to use similar
plastic material to that used on the main assemblies. Altematively, close-fitting
preformed removable lagging mattresses may be used, subject to EVN approval.
(e) Th e Bid shall include details of the high temperature insulation material proposed,
including its properties, recommended method of application and experience with its use
at high temperatures.
(f)
The use of asbestos is prohibited.
(g) The outer surfaces of valve chest or turbine casing insulation shalI be properly
profiled to the casing contours and smoothly and neatly finished with a suitable
hard-setting cement composition, which shall be subsequently painted to an approved
system. The Bid shall include detaiIs ofthe hard-setting composition, and proposals for
4-2-42
o MON THERMAL PO VERPLANT
VIETNAM ELECTR1CITY/ TEPSCO
pamtmg lt.
(h) . For the insulating materials ofturbine cylinders, steam chests and heaters, suitable
fixings shall be applied to the metal surfaces prior to delivery to site to accommodate
support cleats; such fixings may typically be nuts, tack welded in approved rnanne to
accept screwed rods.
(i) The insulation shall be adequately applied, and at every thickness -of 100rnm
maxirnum , one layer ofwire mesh reinforcing shall be applied.
(j) After cornplete application ofthe insulation a further layer ofwire rnesh reinforcing
shall be applied to provide both a bond for a subsequent hard cement finish , and an
enclosure for the insulation. Such cement application shall be smoothly and neatly
finished off, and painted as above.
(k) Particular attention shall be paid during application of insulating rnaterial to the
prevention of rnaterial dust from causing a health or nuisance problem to personnel or
from causing a deterioration in cleanliness ofthe Site.
(1) le insulation shall also be applied in such a rnanner to enable easy withdrawal of
casing flange bolts without darnage to the rest ofthe insulation on turbine cylinder.
'."
4-2-43
o MON THERMAL PO

4.2.2 Condensing System
4.2.2.1 General
The condensing system shall be of river water cooled and suitable for operation (the
turbine generator described herein and shall include the following equipment per unit, but
not be limited to:
(a)
One (1) condenser with rigid supports and exhaust neck expansionjoint
(b)
Drain f1ash tank(s) with integral connections to condenser
(c)
Two (2)
100% capacity AC motor driven condensate pumps with motors
(d)
Two (2)
100% capacity condenser vacuum pumps with mors
(e)
One (1) clean drains tank (ifnecessary)
(f)
One (1) set of condenser waterbox venting system including one (1) condenser
water side vacuum pump
(g)
One (1) set of cooling water pipework and valves inside the power house
(h)
One (1) set of condenser back washing equipment
(i)
One (1) set of on-load ball type tube cleaning equipment
(j)
One (1) set

Condensate pipework and valves
Air vent pipework and valves
Drain pipework and valves
(k)
Water sampling connections
(1)
Local instruments and gauges
(m) Lagging and cladding

(n)
Ladders , galleries and handrails
4-2-44
(0)
Additional tapping points complete with isolation and all necessary instruments for
performance testing
(P)
Electrical equipment - refer to Volumes 2 and 8
(q)
Controls and instrumentation - refer to Volume 7
(r)
All other equipment required for the safe and efficient operation ofthe plant.
4.2.2.2 Desilffi Parameters for Condenser

(a) le description in Clauses 4.2 .2 .2, 4.2.2.3 and 4.2.2 .4 are based on prefeed
condenser tube material ofwelded titanium. However, in addition to the Main Offer based
on the preferred tube material, the Bidder may propose an altemative plan based on other
tube material.
(b) For both prefeed material or altemative material, the manufacture of the
condenser shall have experience of designing and manufacturing two or more condensers
of comparative size, operating conditions (water quality, etc.) similar to this Project and
preferably the same combination of materials and method of joining of tubes to tube
plates as proposed one, and which have record of successful operation for more than two
(2) years at the time ofthe opening ofthe Bid. Th e successful operation record shall be
backed up by the certificates issued by the owners. Such certificates shall be included in
the Bid.
(c) In order for the altemative plan to be accepted for evaluation, the Bidder shall
demonstrate the advantages of his offer of the condensing system in the overall cost
including operation and maintenance costs, operability and maintainability.
(d) In such a case, traveling screens at the circulating pump inlet, and sponge ball type
tube cleaning system shall be provided same as for the prefeed condition.
(e) In selecting tube material, brass, 5/95 , 10190 or 20/80 copper nickel tubes shall be
avoided at least for the air cooling zone because of poor resistivity to ammonium
corrosion and copper dissolution into condensate.
(f) The condenser shall be designed in accordance with Heat Exchange Institute
Standard (HEI) or equivalent, and following parameters.
(i)
Surface condensing, divided water box
Type
4-2-45
type , transversely mounted to turbine

center line
(ii)
Condenser duty
As at Turbine Rated Output
(iii) Condenser vacuum
7 .4 kP a(a) *1
(iv) Source of cooling water
River water
(v)
Design 300 C (Max. 33.1 0 C)
Cooling water inlet temp.
(vi) Cooling water temp. rise
7 oC or less
(vii) Tube c1 eanness factor
90% (see Note)
(viii) Water velocity in tubes
2.5 m/s
(ix) Oxygen content in condensate
Not more than 0.042 mg/l at all load

with make up water f10w from the
condensate storage tank up to 5% of
main steam f1ow.
(x)
Rigid support with exhaust neck

expansion Jomt
Condenser support
(xi) Materials
i.
Tubes
Titanium 0.7 mm and 0.5 mm wall

welded tubes
ASTM B 338 Gr 2 or equivalent *2
ii. Tube plates

iii. Shell
iv. Water box
Solid Titanium or Titanium clad steel

Steel
Steel, tar-epoxy resin coated or rubber
lined on inside surface
Notes:
*1
Should the Bidder propose a different value , sufficient

explanation for advantages of proposed one including overall
plant efficiency, overall plant cost including operation and
maintenance costs shall be stated clearly and in detail in the Bid.
4-2-46

*2
In case of altemative tube materials,

cleanliness factor shall be 85%.
(g) The condenser shall be constructed with divided water boxes in such a way that one
half ofthe tube bank may be taken out of service under loading conditions ofthe turbine.
Under such condition, the turbine shall be capable of operating at least 60% ofthe turbine
maximum continuous rating (T-MCR).
(h)
The cooling water will be river water with analysis indicated in Clause 2.1.3.3.
The condenser shall be able to receive low pressure heater drains , deaerator
overf1ow, other drains and make-up water which enter from the cycle, without
disturbance in operation.
(i)
G)
The condenser shall also be able to receive the LP by-pass steam from hot reheat
line after pressure reducing and desuperheating.
(k) In selection of tube material, ammonium corrosion in the air cooling zone on the
outer surface shall be considered.
4.2.2.3 Construction Features ofCondenser
(a) The condenser shall be mounted on the foundation with an expansionjoint made of
stainless steel between turbine exhaust hood and condenser neck.
(b) Th e condenser shell shall have minimum thickness of 16 mm. The shell may be split
for easier transportation with necessary permanent and temporary reinforcement.
(c) The condenser shall be constructed to enable to caY out the back washing by
changing the valves connected the waterboxes. Ifthis back washing system is so complex
to operate , altemative back washing system shall be offered in his Bid.
(d) The waterboxes and covers (if provided) shall be of fabricated carbon steel , white
blasted and coated with coal tar epoxy paint of appropriate thickness or rubber lined on
inside surface. The coating shall be tested for pin hole using a high voltage detector.
(e) The waterboxes or covers shall be designd to the same design pressure as the
cooling water system stipulated in Clause 4.2.3.2.
(f)
The waterboxes or covers shall have at least two (2) access manholes with hinged
4-2-47
o MON THERMAL POWER
doors for each waterbox. Minimum size ofthe manhole shall be 500 mm.
(g)
/
,
The waterboxes and covers shall be fitted with lifting lugs.
(i) All bolts and nuts which come in contact with circulating water shall be of stainless
stee l.
G) If alternative tube and tube plates materials are offered, cathodic protection on
waterbox side shall be included depending on the materials selected.
(k) Sufficient numbers of tube support plates shall be fitted inside the shell to avoid
resonance vibration and excessive bending ofthe tubes that may cause fretting and tube to
tube rubbing.
(1)
Tube holes on the tube support plates shall be accurately drilled to have suitable
clearances on tube diameter. Edges ofthe tube holes shall be chamfered and deburred.
(m) The tube nest as a whole shall be slightly inclined to provide self-draining oftubes
when the condenser is shut down.
(n) A hotwell under the tube nests having retention capacity of more than 3 minutes of
condensate under the Turbine Maximum Continuous Rating (TMCR) between normal
and low levels.
(0) The tubes shall be welded titanium tubes with minimum wall thickness of 0.7 mm
for the tube nests which are exposed to the high speed steam and 0.5 mm for the
remainder. le Bid shall state the number ofrows for which 0.7 mm.
(p) The tube plates shall be of solid titanium or titanium clad carbon stee l. The
minimum thickness of clad shall be 5 mm and clad by explosion welding or hot rolling
and checked by ultrasonic inspection for the integrity of the bond according to a
recognized standard. The bidder shall state his successful operating experiences of
titanium clad tube plates of specifications (size, thickness, etc.) similar to this Project
together with technical explanations regarding manufacture and quality (such as
plainness) to show that his proposed clad tube plate is well proven.
4-2-48

(q)
The tubes shall be fixed to the tube plates by TIG welding after contact rolling.
(r) The tube plates shall be supported by shell f1 anges by means of collared studs so
that it will be possible to dismount the waterbox without affecting the joint between the
shell f1 anges and the tube plates.
(s) A connection with a diffuser of proven design inside the shell shall be provided to
receive steam from LP bypass station without undue noise , vibration and erosion of any
parts.
(t) Connections for the interconnecting pipes with f1 ash box(es) and connections for
steam, drain and vents directly led to the condenser shall be provided with necessa
impingement plates and or diffusers on the proper location on the shel l.
(u) Attention must be paid to the aangement of these connections and internal
provisions when one half of the tube nests is out of service on the CW side, the flow is
diverted to prevent any distortion or damage to the condenser shell or to the tubes having
no CW f1 ow.
(v) Impingement plate shall be of stainless steel with provision to prevent detachment
throughout the life ofthe plant.
(w) Flash box(es) shall be complete with inspection access arrangement and automatic
desuperheating sprays if required to prevent overheating of the condenser and LP turbine
exhaust under all condition during start-up and operation.
(x) Design and location ofthe flash box(es), location of aIl connections and design of
internal provisions such as impingement plates, baffte plates, spray pipes and diffusers
are subject to EVNs approval.
(y) The condenser shell shall be provided with manholes with hinged covers, one on the
exhaust neck and at least one on the hotwell.
(z) Inside the condenser shell, suitable gratings and ladders for the inspection of the
tubes and the intemals shall be provided so that stepping on the Titanium tubes can be
avoided.
(aa) Condensate outlet connections shall have 75 mm high internal upstands and shall be
fitted with hoods arranged to prevent solid objects from passing into the condensate
pumps.
4-2-49
4.2.2 .4 Condenser Accessories

The condenser shall further be fitted with the following accessories:
(a)
Flash box(es) receiving steam and drain led to the condenser as required
(b) Drain valves at all points, including water boxes, where pockets could hold water
which is not otherwise drainable, with the discharge pipes of such to drain basin
'-
(c) Piping and valves for venting of condenser water boxes, discharging through an
open funnel to the drain basin. These venting points shall be also separately connected to
the evacuating pump for removal of air pockets under a partial vacuum condition
(d) Water sealed motor operated vacuum breaker valve that can be operated from the
central control room.
(e)
Condensate piping between condenser hotwell anq condensate pumps
Four (4) sampling connections at condenser hotwell for detecting cooling water
leakage with isolation valves
(g) A vacuum gauge and a dial type thermometer and

condenser shell
necessar
test connections for
(h) A pressure gauges and a dial type thermometers and necessary test connections on
waterbox water inlets and outlets
(i) A hotwelllevel controller, a level control valve for condensate make up and for spill
over to the condensate storage tank
G)
Level switches fitted on the hotwell and the waterboxes
(k)
Thermal cladding for the LP heater and extraction piping inside the condenser sheIl
4-2-50
4.2.2.5
(a)
Air Extraction Svstem and Miscellaneous Piping Connection with Main

Condenser
System Function
(i)
.The system shall enable to initially evacuate the main condenser steam space
and auxiliary piping and equipment in order to reduce pressure therein to the
required startup level and to extract non-condensable gas collected in the main
condenser air extraction zone during normal operating condition.
(ii)
The system shall be additionally designed to allow air in vacuum breaker

admittance to the main condenser shells (in accordance with turbine
manufacturer s instructions) after turbine trip to break vacuum d reduce
turbine speed at a decreased rate.
(iii) The main condenser miscellaneous piping and connections shall be installed
to convey all the drains from the main steam, cold reheat steam, hot reheat
steam, extraction steam and auxiliary steam piping and heaters to the main
condenser.
(iv) The waterside air extraction system of the main condenser shall be able to
initially evacuate the main condenser waterside accumulated air in order to
establish the siphon therein and to extract accumulated air on top of the water
within the condenser water boxes to assure water f1 0w unblocked.
(b)
\
Scope of System
The following equipment shall be supplied but not be limited to:
(i)
Condenser vacuum pumps and motors
(ii)
Condenser water side vacuum pump and motor
(iii) The relevant piping, valves and control equipment ofthe air extraction system
(iv) Condensate co Ilection tank, pump, relevant piping, valves and control
equpment
(v)
Drainage and vent piping, supports and hangers for the above piping
4-2-51

(vi) Local instrumentation and in-line instrument component etc.
(c)
System Design Requirement

(i)
The air extraction system shall be equipped with two (2) 100% capacity
mechanical vacuum pumps in order to meet the requirements for extracting air
and non-condensable gas in the main condenser during start-up and operating
condition. The air piping shall be connected from two (2) sides of the main
condenser shell and then led to the vacuum pump.
(ii)
One (1) motor operated condenser water side vacuum pump shall be
furnished.
(iii) Condenser drain collecting system shall collect the drain from piping of the
gland steam condenser, main steam, cold reheat steam, hot reheat steam,
extraction steam and auxiliary steam, etc. , to the main condenser. These
. miscellaneous drainage system shall meet the requirements for protecting
water from entering into the turbine and manufacturers' practice shall be
adopted for preventing the drain from back f1 0w into the other drain pipes.
The joint of the drain piping connection on the main condenser shell shall be
higher than the maximum water level of the hotwel l. Sufficient slope of the
drain piping shall be maintained to assure gravi draining.
(iv) For reducing the number of the openings on the main condenser shell, the
drain with similar pressure shall be collected in a drain header with an
enlarged diameter to assure adequate drainage and then led to the main
condenser. The longitudinal angle of the drain pipe connecting to the drain
header, in f1 0w direction, shall be 45 deg. with the header.
(v)
The LP bypass dump steam shall be led to the main condenser during
or turbine trip.
sta-up
(vi) Motor operated, remote controlled, vacuum breaker valves of the main
condenser shall be furnished for vacuum break at emergency conditions to
reduce the time of the unit shutdown.
(vii) All valves connected with the air side of condenser sha lI be ofthe valve with
water seal or mechanical sea l.
(viii) The capacity of the condenser vacuum pumps shall be in accordance with
4-2-52

relevant HEI standard.
(d)
Instrumentation and controls

(i)
The Contractor shall provide with full set of local instrumentation and control
eqmpment.
(ii)
The central control room indication shall include the following , but not be
limited to;
i.
Each vacuum pump operating condition, shutdown, automatic, open

posltlon.
ii. Each vacuum pump water temperature

ii i. Condenser vacuum
(iii) The central control room alarm shall include the following:
i.
Each vacuum pump malfunction of operating condition (i.e. , high outlet

air temperature, overload, trip etc.)
ii. Condenser vacuum situation - low, low - low

(iv) The Contractor shall provide the required local or in-line instrumentation (i.e. ,
temperature sensing element, temperature switch, vacuum pressure switch
and vacuum pressure diffential switch etc.) for the above unit control
indication and alarm.
4.2 .2 .6 Condensate Pumos
4.2.2.6 .1 General
(a) Two (2) 100% duty AC motor driven condensate pumps with motors shall be
provided. The pumps shall be vertical, barrel type , multi stage turbine pump.
(b) The layout of pumps and pipework shall ensure adequate NPSH is available at the
pump suctions, and shall also provide satisfactory operational and maintenance access.
The Iayout shall be aanged to minimize the necessary encroachment in the civil works at
basement floor leve l.
4-2-53
(c) Each pump shall be capable oftransferring 105% ofthe sum ofthe condensate-;
-
drain and make-up wer from the condenser at the maximum vacuum obtainable un:
the Turbine Maximum Conttmuou
l
ste
a
m condenser, drain cooler (if separe drain cooler is adopted) and low pressur ;
feedwater heaters.
F/Ij l*
-
(d) The pumps shall operate with a controlled suction level maintained by the cont~
valves in the condensate system. They shall operate satisfactorily with any suction
pressure up to atmospheric and at any working level in the condenser or deaerator storage
tank. The pumps shall also be arranged to operate satisfactorily under all conditions of
discharge flow to the deaerator. Limit switches shall be provided on the pump discharge
isolation valves with an interlock to prevent pump operation unless the valve is open.
(e) The pumps shall be constructed of materials specially chosen to resist deterioration
by erosion or corrosion. All parts subject to wear shall be fitted with renewable liners and
all bearings shall be automatically lubricated.
(f) The pumps shall be arranged to enable the pump internals to be removed without
disturbing the suction and discharge piping connections.
(g) The pump glands shall be suitably sealed to avoid the ingress of air into the
condensate under all load conditions and when the pump is on standby duty. Sealing
liquid shall be taken from the same condensate water.
(h) Each condensate pump shall be provided with a motorized stop valve with provision
for manual operation on the suction side and a non-return valve on the discharge together
with a motorized isolating valve. The pumps shaIl be provided with all necessary priming,
drain , water sealing valves and any other fittings that may be necessa for the efficient
working ofthe plant.
(i)
The characteristic curves ofthe pump must be ofthe non-overload type.
U) The barrel shall be welded steel designed for direct grouting into a sub-floor pit and
extending to the depth necessary to ensure proper operation under the highest anticipated
vacuum in the condenser hotwel l. Both the suction and discharge connections shall be
f1 anged. Impe lI er casings are to be of high quality cast iron and fitted with renewable
stainless steel wearing rings. Pump bowl bolting shaIl be of stainless stee l.
(k)
Rotors shall consist of stainless steel impeller fitted with renewable wearing rings
4-2-54
and securely keyed and locked to a stainless steel shaft. Condensate lubricated sleeves
and metal or cutless bearings shal1 be provided at appropriate locations sufficient to
ensure continuous vibration-free operation under al1 conditions of operation. Each pumps
thrust bearing shall be incorporated in its motor.
(1) If shaft couplings are required, they shall be so designed as to tighten with pump
rotation. A hardened alloy steel sleeve shall be fitted to the shaft where it passes through
the bearing an d/or gland.
(m) The condensate piping shall be fitted with a recirculation pipe to the condenser,
complete with an automatic valve, which would allow circulation of the condensate
through the gland steam condenser during sta.-up operation of the turbine or during low
load operation.
(n) The layout ofthe pipework shall be designed such as to allow any ofthe pumps to
be isolated for maintenance work or held as standby while the other unit is in service.
4.2.2.6.2 Condensate Pump Suction Strainers
(a) A suitable permanent strainer shall be provided at each condensate pump suction to
prevent foreign maer being drawn into the pumps particularly during the initial
commissioning period and subsequently after any maintenance work involving the
condenser steam space.
(b) The strainers shall be generously sized so as to keep the pressure drop across them
to a minimum in its permanent configuration. Each strainer shall be capable of passing
f1 0ws up to the maximum specified without detriment to the associated condensate pump.
Pressure drops and pump NPSH data for the maximum f1 0w condition shall be stated in
the Bid.
(c) These strainers shall be provided with complete back-washing arrangement
enabling them to be cleaned quickly and effectively without dismantling the strainer or
the use of tools.
(d) The mesh size of the strainer element shall be chosen as necessary to prevent the
risk of damage to the condensate pump from debris and foreign matter.
(e) If appropriate , the strainer shall be provided with both coarse and fine mesh
element.
4-2-55
(f) One (1) complete replacement set of strainer elements shaIl be provided (i.e. one
spare element of each mesh size).
(g) AIl necessary pipework and valves for the back- f1 ushing water supply shall be
provided.
(h)
The sainers shaIl, in normal operation, be vented to the condenser.
(i) Each strainer sha lI be provided with an additional atmospheric vent connection for
use during back f1ushing.
G) The strainers shaIl be fitted with local differential pressure indicators and with
differential pressure switches for alarm initiation.
The Contractor shall remain fu Ily responsible for the operation and cleaning as
of these strainers throughout the commissioning period up to the time of
take-over.
(k)
necessy
4.2 .2 .7 Clean Drains 1:< (if necessarv)

(a) A suitable drains tank shaIl be provided and for receiving drain water from the gland
steam condenser and other apparatus (such as boiler feed pump gland leak offs and
turbine casing drains).
(b) The tank shaIl be fitted with a float operated valve, the f1 0at being so aanged that
when the accumulation of water in the tank reaches a predetermined limit the excess
water is then pumped and sprayed nto the condenser.
(c) The Bidder shaIl speci fY his recommendation in the Bid, the pump capacity, the
number ofpump starts required, the interval of operation and the capacity ofthe tank.
(d) In order to avoid problems of corrosion and connections ofthe feedwater, the cI ean
drains tank shaIl be of stainless steel materia l.
(e) AII necessa nozzles are to be provided for connections to alI pipework
connections ,and tapping points for instrumentation, manholes, vents , drains , access
stairways and handrails, etc. shaIl be provided.
(f) Th e tank overf1 ow connection shaIl be amply proportioned. The overf1 ow shaIl be
observable at a sight glass located at a suitable level on the tank side. The overf1 ow/drain
4-2-56
pipe shall be connected into the power house drain pit and be vermin proofed.
(g) A portion of the tank cover shall be hinged for cleaning purposes. Adequate access
shall be provided for maintenance and cleaning ofthe tank and fittings.
(h) The tank shall be supplied with all necessary support steelwork and holding down
bolts.
4-2-57
o MON THERMAL POWER J!,

4.2.3 Circulating Water System
4.2.3.1 General
(a) A cornplete circulating water systern, generally as indicated in the relevant

Drawings, shall be supplied and designed to operate in conjunction with condensing plant
given in Clause 4.2.2.
(b) The Contractor shall sufficiently survey the Hau River conditions near the site such
as flow direction, flow velocity and water ternperature , water quality, water level, tide and
floatage , etc. Based on these data, the Contractor shall caY out the hydraulic analysis
and design the optirnurn circulating water systern taking into account their operation,
maintenance and extension works, etc.
(c) The systern shall rneet the cooling water requirernents of the rnain condenser and
the auxiliary cooling water coolers.
(d)
le
circulating water system shall include the following , but not be lirnited to:
(i)
Two (2) x 50% capacity circulating water purnps with motors , all equipment
and accessories
(ii)
Two (2) traveling screens and accessories
(iii) Two (2) sets of screen wash purnps with rnotors , duplex filters , valves and
water Jets
(iv) One (1) set of circulating water pipework including purnp discharge pipes
with two (2) purnp discharge valves , two (2) expansion joints as required as
shown on the relevant Bid Drawing. Circulating water pipework between
CWP outlet expansion joints and condenser inlet expansion joints shall be
provided in accordance with the specification in Volume 3.
(v)
One (1) portable submersible purnp for evacuation ofriver water frorn surnp
charnbers
(vi) One (1) set of circulating water pipework inside the power house including the
foIIowing:
i.
All necessary expansionjoints, fittings , f1anges
4-2-58
ii.
A branch connection for auxiliary cooling water coolers with an

isolation valve on the unit circulating water inlet pipe
iii.
Manholes with fittings on the circulating water pipes
Branches with blind cover for anti-surge valves
(vii) Power operation of all valves and other items incI uded in the plant necessa
for the remote starting-up and shutting-down ofthe plant
(viii) Supports, access steelwork and platforms, including necessary walkways ,

ladders and handrails required for convenient access for operation, inspection
and maintenance of the plant
(ix) All fixed and roller sUPPorts, foundation steel work, embedded steelwork
holding bolts and grouting materials
(x)
Painting and surface protection requirements during and after manufacture

and at Site after construction and testing
(xi) Local instruments, gauges and necessary test connections

(xii) Electrical equipment - refer to Volume 2 and Volume 8.
(xiii) Controls and instrumentation - refer to Volume 7.
(xiv) Anti-surge Valves (if necessary)
(xv) Circulating water chlorination system to aest biological growth
(e) The system incI uding circulating water pumps, traveling screens, screen wash
pumps, CWP discharge piping and valves are installed on the intake structures and CWP
valve pit that has been already constructed at Unit No.l construction stage together with
those of Unit No.l. As for the configuration and dimensions of the intake structure and
CWP valve pit, see Drawing Nos. 0 M2 CV-2003 to 2017 in Volume 11.
(f) Th e equipment of circulating water system shall be erected, handled , disassembled

and assembled using the existing CW gantry crane of 40t/ l0t capacity that are used
commonly to Unit No.l and Unit No.2. As for the information of the CW gantry crane,
4-2-59
see Drawing No. OM2T-4002 OUTLINE OF EXISTING CW CRANE in Volume 11.

4.2.3.2 Desi 2: n Conditions for Circulatin 2: Water Svstem
(a)
The circulating water system shall be of once through type using river water.
(b) The circulating water pump (CWP) station shall be sited at river water intake as
specified in Volume 3. CWPs with motors, screen wash pumps with motors shall be
installed outdoor and con1ollelectrical equipment shall be installed indoor. Traveling
screens with motors shall be installed outdoor and be ofweather proof structure.
(c) The circulating water pumps will draw river water from the screened suction
chamber as shown on the relevant Bid drawings.
(d) River water level varies significantly depending on the seasons and is also affected
by the tides.
(e) Probable highest and lowest river water levels are EL+2.14 m and EL- 1.62 m,
respectively. The Bidder shall determine the highest and lowest design suction level
depending on the intake structure design.
(f) The system shall be designed to recover the maximum possible syphon head, but the
CWPs shall be capable of priming the system without resort to vacuum or priming
devices. The Bidder shall state difference in level between the top ofthe condenser water
box and the top ofthe weir at cooling water outlet.
(g)
River water temperature ranges from 22.70 C to 33.1 oC. (Refer Clause 2. 1.3.2)
(h) The pressure rating (the maximum working pressure) ofthe cooling water pipes and
fittings shall be the maximum pressure anticipated under surge conditions or 1.5 times the
pump shut offhead whichever is the greater.
(i) The Contractor shall undertake a surge analysis of the circulating water system and
indicate the maximum pressure anticipated under surge conditions without opening of
anti-surge valves equipped with circulating water pipe and siphon breaker at the
condenser.
G)
4.2 .3 .3 Circulatin 2: Water Pumos and Accessories
(a)
The circulating water pumps shaIl be ofthe vertical mixed f1 0w type, driven directly
4-2-60

by electric motor.
(b) Any two (2) pumps are required to discharge 105% of the sum of condenser design
cooling water flow, auxiliary cooling water flow when the river water level is at the
lowest level of EL-l.68 m and the water screens are in maximum allowable foul
condition. The pumps shall provide the same quantity of discharge with changing suction
level up to the highest one.
(c) Highest and lowest level at the inlet (upstream) oftraveling screens are as follows ,
considering head loss through existing intake tower and intake pipe.
(i) Highest level
EL+2.14 m (One (1) CWP in operation at HHWL ofHau

river (EL+2.25m), assuming that capacity of each CWP
is 28,600 m31h)
(ii) Lowest level
EL-2.929 m (Four (4) CWPs in operation (Two (2) for

Unit NO.l and two (2) for Unit No.2) at LLWL ofHau
river (EL-l.68m), assuming that capacity of each CWP is
28 ,600 m31h)
(d) At the transfer structure ofthe CW water way which is installed between discharge
tunnel and discharge open channel, a weir has been constructed to keep the siphon limit at
the top of condenser water boxes (See Drawing No. OM2CV-2019 TRANSFER
STRUCTURE in Volume 11). A pa of discharge tunnel and the weir are common to
Unit NO.l and Unit NO.2. Top level ofthe weir is EL-l.5 m. The discharge water level of
CW system and CWP head shall be decided taking this weir level and CW flow of Unit
NO.l (28 ,600 m31h x 2 = 57,200 m3 /h) into consideration.
\
(e)
The Bidder shall select one ofthe fo l1owing pump types.

(i) Movable vane pump
(ii) Variable speed fixed vane pump
(iii) lnlet vane controlled fixed vane pump
(f) The Bid shall include the characteristic curves including capacity, total head with
maximum allowable over capacity limit, shaft powe required NPSH , system-head ofthe
proposed pump, covering required r1ge of speeds or vane angles to be able to
correspond to the suction level change.
(g)
The Bidder shall describe the advantages ofthe offered type over the other types.
4-2-61
NT
~.I
-,,'''' J ..
/cfi4
(h) Th e pump head shall have ing characteristic to shut off. Each puyta motor
drive shaIl be capable of staing against a closed discharge valve and shal capable of
operating between zero f1 0w and run out flow without overloading the motor drive.
(i) The pumps shall be capable of running under throttled discharge condition for the
purpose of filling and priming the circulating water system and the condenser. le Bidder
shall provide details ofthe proposed start-up procedure.
G) The pump driving motor and all ancillary equipment shall be designed to allow for
reverse rotation when subject to reverse flow at rated pump discharge had of the other
pump with its own discharge valve fully open. le necessy sensing devices shall be
provided as required.
(k) The NPSH required and available at the impeller inlet edge shall be calculated by
the Bidder. The available NPSH shall be estimated of the lowest water level and shall
make due allowance for the head loss through screening equipment. When calculating
vapour pressure, water temperature of 33.1 oC shall be assumed.
(1)
Construction
(i)
Motor base shall be of fabricated steel construction.
(i i)
The pump casing and bellmouth shall be constructed from 2% Ni cast iron.
Rising main and flanged discharge bend shall be constructed from 2% Ni cast
iron or carbon steel coated with coal tar epoxy paint.
(iii) Renewable liners of stainless steel shall be provided in the casing to allow the
impeller clearance to be maintained without replacing the whole casing.
(iv) The pump shaft shall be manufactured from stainless steel, with mixed flow
impeller securely keyed and locked.
(v)
Joumal sleeves shall be of stainless steel; bearing shall be of cutless rubber

and/or ceramics, and lubrication will be by self water and filtered water.
(vi) Wearing rings shall be of stainless stee l.

(vii) Each pump shall be ttted with both automatic and manual air release valves.
Vent piping shall be led to a suitable disposal point to the approval ofEVN.
4-2-62
(viii) The Bidder shall include provision of clean, filtered water supply system,
where such is required for cooling or f1 ushing pump glands or bearings.
(ix) The cI ean, fiItered water shalI be branched from the filtered water pipe line.
(x) Void
(xi) The river water may be taken from the pump discharge.
(xii) The Contractor shaIl include aIl necessary pipework, tanks, fittings , automatic
cI eaning fi Iters, valves, instruments and aIl other necessa equipment.
(xiii) The drive motor shaIl be supported by the head piece made offabricated steel
with a sufficient access to the coupling and upper pump seal for inspection and
maintenance.
(ix) An intake chamber level indicator shalI be provided. The level indicator of
approved corrosion resistant materials w ilI be graduated in centimeters and
shalI have easily readable division numbers engraved every 10 (ten)
centimeters.
(x)
A f1 0at type level switch to be instalI ed near the level indicator and a lI cables
and accessories for monitoring the minimum water level compatible with the
safe operation of circulating water pump shalI also be fumished.
4.2.3 .4 Pioing and Valves for Circulating Water Svstem

As described in Clause 4.2 .3.l, (d) , (iv) , the circulating water pipings between CWP
outlet and condenser inlet except the outlet and inlet butterf1 y valves shall be provided in
accordance with Clause 3.2.7 and 3.3.9.
(a) Butterf1 y valves and expansion joints shall be fumished at the Crp discharge , and
at each inlet and outlet pipe to and from the waterboxes ofthe condenser.
(b) In addition, expansion joints shall be provided on each CW pipe at about 2 m
outside the power house wal l.
(c) On the discharge side of each circulating water pump, a combination isolating
check valve shall be proded.
4-2-63
(d) This butterf1 y valve shall be hydraulically operated. Valve operating speed
selected by the Contractor to prevent the occurrence of water hammer an
damage to the system. As for detail ofthis valve , Clause 4.2 .3 .5 shall be referred.
(e) All necessary contacts and interlocks sha lI be prepared together with each motor
drive unit for remote electrical control and for automatic stopping of the valve at the
limits of its travel in both opening and closing operations.
(f) Provision for protection ofthe valve disc from damage due gging ith foreiX
materials on the valve seats shall be provided.
\
(g) Motor drive unit shall be suitable for installation in any position without lubricant
leakage or other operating difficulties.
(h)
Conduit boxes shall be ofwaterproofand corrosion-resistant.
(i) Butterf1 y valve bodies and discs shall be made of cast iron and shall be provided
with renewable rubber seat rings or spool type liners.
G) Valve edges shall be of stainless steel pished smooth. All valves shall be provided
with stainless steel shaft and shall be so constructed that the shaft may be placed either
horizontally or vertically.
(k) Valves shall be fumished with shaft packing glands that wi lI not cause corrosion of
the shaft and be suitable under vacuum.
4.2 .3 .5 CWP Discharge Valves
(a) The Contractor shall provide for each circulating water pump one (1) rubber seated
butterf1y valve with actuator for the dual function of isolating valve and non-retum valve.
(b) The pump discharge valves shall be designed to pass the nominal design output
from one circulating water pump at a maximum f1 0w velocity.
(c) The valves shall be rated to withstand the maximum surge pressure as determined
by the surge study or 1.5 times of the pump shut otr head , whichever is grater.
(d) The circulating water pump discharge valves shall be capable of controlling in order
to limit surge effects during opening and closing and attention shall be paid to the flow
4-2-64

and control characteristics.
(e) The local handwheels shall automatically disengage when the valves are operating
in the automatic mode.
(f)
The valves and their actuating equipment shall be capable of operating satisfactorily
under all possible conditions of CW pressure and f1 ow, including operation against CI
pump maximum shut-off pressure in the operating range.
(g) Each valve shall be fitted with aangements that provide for the valve to be
securely locked into either the fully open or fully shut position by means of a manually
inserted locking pin. With the valve locked in position by means of this pin, the system
shall be operable while the actuator drive unit is removed for maintenance purpose.
(h)
Void
(i) The CT pump discharge valves shall be arranged to open on remote manual control
as well as rernote sequential contr from the central control room.
(
/
(j) The shutdown ofthe circulating water purnp shall be interlocked with the closing of
its associated discharge valve. When a normal shutdown ofthe pump is initiated from the
central control room , the pump motor shall not be isolated immediately from its power
supply and shall continue to run under full power. Firstly, the discharge valve shall start
closing and when the valve reaches a predetermined percentage of closure, the isolation
of the pump motor power supply shall be made. It is proposed that each purnp discharge
valve be closed at two rates: for the initial 85% of closure the valve shall close rapidly and
very slowly for the remaining 15%.
(
The rates of closure for the valves shall be determined by the surge study and shall
be selected to rninirnize hydraulic surge and prevent possible damage to the pump
resulting from reverse rotation.
(1) Emergency shutdown ofthe pump may occur due to any ofthe automatic protective
trip devices or due to interruption ofthe electrical supply to the pump motor. Under such
conditions the relevant discharge valve shall be arranged to close immediately to
minimize hydraulic surge.
(m) The Contractor shall provide all necessary plant mounted switches and relays
required for the safe operation and interlocking ofthe plant.
4-2-65
OMONTHERMA
(n) The Contractor shall ensure that in the event of power failure of the'
system, the discharge valve must remain in its original position.
c
(o
)
aulic
Toe
nsu
ret
hee
i
H
c i
nto
c
p
er
tion0o
a
ft
m
he es un
of electric supp
ly valve actua
tion shall be hydraulic. Each valve shall be complete with
operating cylinder, supplied from high pressure oil supply system.
(p) Actuators shall be valve mounted and operation shall be controlled by limit
switches controlling the ultimate positioning of the valve in the open or closed position.
Safty devices shall also be provided to prevent damage in the actuating mechanism in
the event of the valve jamming.
(
A counter-weight shall be provided to assist valve emergency closure. The method

of damping the closing stroke under emergency conditions shall be subject to EVN s
approval.
(r) The high pressure hydraulic oil systems shall be complete with an accumulator
system designed to operate all valves at least twice after a power failure.
(s) Safety reliefvalves shall be incorporated into the high pressure oil system to ensure
the safe and reliable operation ofthe system.
(t) The hydraulic equipment for valves shall be housed in suitable paneIs. The panels
shalI conform to the general requirements in Volume 2.
4.2.3.6 Condenser Tube Cleanimz Svstem
(a) Automatic cleaning equipment shall be supplied for cleaning the condenser tube
intemals while on load.
(b) The equipment shall be of sponge ball cleaning system with many balls passing at
regular intervals through the condenser cooling tubes.
(c) All pipework, valves, pumps and strainers shall be constructed from materials
resistant to river water. They shall be arranged so that, as far as possible, any maintenance
work can be carried out with th turbine-generator on load. Load rduction is not allowed
while the tube cleaning system is in operation.
(d) The materials of construction of all the components shall withstand the most severe
operating conditions involved and give a long and satisfactory life up to 30 years.
4-2-66
(e)
The control system for the above plant, Volume 7 shall be referred.
(f) Local control instruments, gauges, motor driven pumps and actuators, local control
cabinets, cabling and wiring and other devices as required shall be included in the above
plant.
4.2 .3 .7 Circulating Water ScreenS
4.2 .3 .7.1 General
//
(a) One (1) 50% duty traveling water screen shall be supplied for each pump, complete
with washing system capable of automatic operation based on preset level differential and
all required accessories to obtain a proper nstallation and successful operation of the
eqmpment.
(b)
The screens shall be installed side by side in the intake channe l.
(c) The screen shall be singe flow, horizontal spray type suitable for vertical installation
in the intake civil structure.
(d) The screen shall be furnished with electric moto reduction gear drive, wash pumps
and nozzles, guides for casting into the concrete intake walls, structural frame and
enclosed housing.
(e)
The following shall be considered in designing the screen:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(i v)
Screen panel speed

Screen Material
Wire Diameter
Clear Opening
Two speed
sta n less steel
2mm
10 mm x 10mm
4.2.3.7.2 Traveling Screens and Accessory Features

(a) The traveling screens and accessories shall be of outdoor type and completely
protected from rainfall , wind , dust and heavy ran.
(b) The main frame shall be constructed of stainless steel plates and shapes to provide a
rigid structure.
4-2-67
(e) The main frame , sprocket shaft assemblies, shaft bearings, and boot section shaIl be
designed to resist all forces without damage resulting from the full breakdown torque of
the motor when the screen is jammed at any point in its travel including jamming in the
boot section.
trave 1ing screen shall have baskets mounted on two strands of chain, running at
the speed specified and shall carry trash above the operating f1 00r to be washed off the
baskets into a concrete trough cast into the operating f1 oor.
(f)
le
(g) le screen baskets shall have frames of stainless steel construction provided with
curved end stainless steel plates or shrouds to provide sealing between adjacent baskets
and the traveling screen boot and frame. The crack width at the seal shall not exceed 3
mm.
(h) The screening material shall be attached to the screen basket frames in a manner
that provides easy replacement of screen with minimum parts to be removed.
(i) All screen clamp bars and bolts to be used shall be of 304 stainless stee l.
G)
Screen chains shall be of the 0:et side ba roller pe with a pitch equaI to the
screen basket spacing. The chains shall be especially designed for traveling water screen
service and shall operate satisfactorily with or without lubrication.
(k) The drive chain from the reduction gear unit to the head sprockt wheel shall be of
the roller type. The chain shall be constructed entirely of stainless steel in case the drive
chain is provided within the main housing. In the meantime, in case the drive chain is
provided outside the main housing, the chain may be either constructed of carbon steel or
stainless steel, in an oil bath.
(1) Each screen unit shall be provided with a drive unit assemhly mounte irectly in
the traveling screen unit.
(m) The drive unit shall have an electric motor directly connected through an all metal
f1 exible couplings to a reduction gear uni t.
4-2-68
(n) The reduction gear unit shall drive the head sprockets through a chain. All chain
drive sprockets shall be constructed of carbon stee l.
(0) The reduction gear unit shall be ofthe helical or herringbone gear type operating in
an oil bath and completely enclosed in a heavy weatherproof oil tight housing.
(p) All sprocket wheels shall be of the six-tooth type constructed of cast iron. Head
sprocket wheels shall have replaceable hardened stainless steel tooth inserts and shall be
interconnected using a torque tube or an extra large diameter solid shaft.
(q) The foot shaft shall be constructed in three sections joined by easily demountable
steel shaft couplings.
(r) The head sprocket assembly shall be provided with a shear pin aangement having
two shear pin holes; one hole for Break-in" operation and the other for normal operation.
(s) One hole shall be sized for a shear pin design for shearing at approximately 80
percent of the motor breakdown torque and the other hole for a shear pin designed for
shearing at approximately 100 percent of the motor breakdown torque.
(t) Appropriate number of extra shear pins shall be fumished with the traveling
screens.
(u)
The pins shall be color coded.
(v)
The head shaft and foot shaft bearings shall be hardened stainless steel sleeve type.
(w) All couplings, chain drives, and exposed shafts shaIl be proded with suitable steel
guards.
(x) A complete spray cleaning system shall be provided for each screen unit. The
system shall be designed for front cleaning to wash the screen baskets near the top ofthe
um t.
(y) The spray nozzles shall be of the nonclogging type constructed of stainless stee l.
The nozzles shall have bores of adequate size to pass any object passed by the screen
wash water strainers.
(z)
The spray nozzles header and all feed piping between the spray nozzle header and
4-2-69
y 1
.....
- ~AIt\~
':r
the spray water valve shall be constructed from stainless steel pipes. Flanged im hall
be provided in the piping for easy removal of the spray nozzle header.
", /~J
;
S/
..7/
//
(aa) The screen unit shall be provided with stainless steel and fiber glasousing to
enclose the portions of the screens and head sprocket assembly projecting above the
operating door.
(bb) The front and rear splash housing shall be molded fiber glass with stainless steel
hardware. They shall be easily removable for maintenance.
///
,
\
(cc) The Contractor shall fumish all necessa cast iron guides for casting into the
concrete walls of the intake structure pit.
(dd) All surfaces of the main frame , boot section, head and foot sprocket assemblies,
screen frames and other carbon steel parts subject to wetting shall be thoroughly
sandblasted and given one coat of bituminous type or an approved equal protective
coating before shipment.
(ee) All bearing surfaces and surfaces subjected to rubbing shall not be painted but shall
be given an easily removable protective coat to prevent rust.
(:ff) The machine shall be electric motor driven having two operating speed. The speed
shall be selected automatically by a signal from a direntiallevel controller.
(gg) Motor torque and power ratings shall be adequate to
mm difference in the leve l.
sta
the screens under a 1000
4.2.3.7.3 Wash Water Pumps and Traveling Screen Control

(a) Two (2) sets of 100% capacity wash water pumps with motors shall be fumished
with an automatic self-cI eaning duplex strainer to supply the spray water requirement of
two (2) traveling screens.
(b) High quality 2% Ni cast iron shall be adopted for the pump casing. Impeller shall be
of stainless stee l. The number of bearings shall be sufficient to ensure vibration-free
operation of pump.
(c)
The pump thrust bearing shall be incorporated in its motor.
(d)
Wearing ring shall be of stainless stee l.
4-2-70
(e) The drive motor support shall provide sufficient access to the coupling and upper
pump seal for maintenance and inspection.
(f) Iffiltered cooling or lubricating water is required for the glands, the Contractor shall
include the required piping and valves in his supply.
(g) One gate valve and one check valve of approved material resistant to river water
and all required fittings and gauges shall be provided.
(h) The operation of one pump shall be sufficient for the requirements of the two
traveling screens.
(i) Each pump shall be capable to remain as a standby to the other pump. A suitable
selector switch shall be provided for this purpose.
G) The Contractor shall provide control panels complete of cabling and wiring, motor
starters, electrical devices , and any accessories according to Volume 2 and Volume 8.
(k) Screen wash water supply piping shall be interconnected with that ofUnit No.l. As
for terminal point, see Drawing Nos. OM2T-I002 FLOW DIAGRAM OF
CIRCULATING WATER AND AUXILIARY COOLING WATER SYSTEM and
OM2G-l 0 16 TERMINAL POINT LIST in Volume 11.
4.2.3.8 Surge Calculation
(a) The full surge study shall be undertaken by the Contractor and a report ofthe study
shall be submitted to EVN for approval, together with final recommendations for surge
suppression equipment and for the discharge valve closure and opening rates and the
design pressure for the pipes and other plant served by the circulating water system.
4.2.3.9 Anti-surge Valves
(a) If anti-surge valves are necessary resulting from the above surge calculations,
f1 anged anti-surge valves shall be provided and fitted at points on the pipework to allow
air ingress to minimize surge effects. The locations ofthe valves shall be finalized during
the design stage.
4-2-71
4 .2.3.1 0 Chlorination Svstern
rnixing tees (N o.1 and No .2 rnixing tee) , ton containers , associated accessories, piping
systern, 1ctrical quiprnent and instrurnntation and control systern (100 % capacity
rneans requirernent for one (1) unit ofturbine and generator).
(
(c) Unit NO.2 Contractor sh1 provide one (1) x 100 % capacity chlorinator 0 .3
ch1 orinator) having a capacity of200 kg/h, one (1) x 100 % capacity ch10rine evaporator
(No .3 Chlorine evaporator), one (1) x 100 % capacity ch10rine booster pump (No .3
Chlorine booster pump), one (1) x 100 % capaci mixing te (No.3 Mixing tee), ton
containers, associated accessories, piping system, electrical equiprnent and
instrurnentation and control, including rnodification of prograrn of control system due to
the addition of one (1) train of the equiprnent. The Contractor shall install these facilities
in parallel with the existing ones in the exiting CW intake electrical and ch1orination
building. As for the flow diagrarn and general aangement of the chlorination systern
including existing equipment, see Drawing Nos. OM2T-1004 FLOW DIAGRAM OF
CHLORINATION SYSTEM, OM2CV-2051 CW INTAKE ELECTRICAL AND
CHLORINATION BUILDING PLAN in Volume 11.
(d) As for terrninal points between The Contractor and existing facilities , see Drawing
Nos. OM2T-1004 FLOW DIAGRAM OF CHLORINATION SYSTEM and OM2G-1016
TERMINAL POINT LIST in Volume 11.
(e) After the erection work ofUnit N 0.2 is cornpleted, the chlorination systern has three
(3) x 100 % capacity trains consisting of ch1 0rine evaporator, chlorinator, chlorine water
booster purnp, mixing tee for two (2) units. Equipment of one (1) train ofthem is common
stand-by to (2) units.
(f)
The Contractor shall supply and install the following items , but not be limited to:
(i) One (1) chlorinator of200 kg/h capacity (N o.3 Chlorinator)
(ii) One (1) chlorine evaporator (N o.3 Chlorine evaporator)
(iii) One (1) chlorinator booster pump (N o.3 Chlorine booster pump)
(iv) One (1) mixing tee (N o.3 Mixing tee) with river water nlet shut offvalve
4-2-72
(v) One (1) set ofvacuum regulator with electric actuator

(vi) Thirteen (1 3) Chlorine ton-containers with their trunnions , grab and weighing
scale.
(vii) Chlorine gas leak detectors (Monitor units and sensors) necessary due to
addition of the above-mentioned equipment
(viii)Lifting and handling device for the above mentioned equipment, if necessary
in addition to the existing monorails and hoists that are shown in Drawing No.
OM2CV-2051 CWNTAKE ELECTRlCAL AND CHLORlNATION
BUILDING PLAN in Volume 11.
(ix) Safety and supervisory instrument including pressure relief system
(x) Piping and valves
(xi) Mandatory spares (refer to Volume 13)
(xii) Recommended spares and tools (refer to Volume 13)
(g) The system shall be controlled by remote manual operation from the central control
room and also from the control panel located in the chlorination building. All drive
motors shall also be provided with local startlstop facility.
(h) Modifications of existing chlorination system, where necessa including
modification of control system such as existing solenoid valve box, local switch boxes,
control panels and program of control system due to the addition of one (1) train of the
equipment are included in the Contractor s scope.
(i) The Bidder who selects chlorination system shall describe technical details in
Volume 13 , and also provide system P and 1 diagram , and detailed layout drawing ofthe
system.
4 .2 .3.11 Debris Filters
(a) Debris Filter ofthe automatic self-cleaning type shall be provided in the each CW
supply pipework to the condenser inlet. The collected debris shall be discharged to the
CW outlet pipework of the condenser.
(b) The mesh size of the filter element shall not be greater in area than 15% of the
inside sectional area of a tube in the condenser, and total path area of the apeures or
holes o[ lhe filter element shall be greater than three times of the total bore area of the
tubs.
(c)
The debris filters shall be fitted with locally mounted differential pressure
4-2-73
indicators and alarm initiation diffrential pressure switches, as well as a pressure gauge
(or gauges) arranged to reach both inlet and outlet pressures. Timer control and local
mounted selector switch having AutolManuallStop selection shall also be provided.
(d) The debris filters shall be of cast iron or fabricated mild steel coated with coal tar
epoxy paint. le filter elements and other intemal components in contact with river water
shall be of stainless stee l.
(e) All necessary vents and drains, and equalizing connections, complete with valves
shall be provided, and shall include appropriate connections to the syphonic vacuum
venting bus main.
4-2-74
4.2 .4 Auxilia Cooling Water System

4.2 .4 .1 General
(a) An Auxiliary Cooling Water System shall be provided for coolers for turbine,
generator, boiler and miscellaneous equipment.
(b) Coolant for the auxiliary cooling water system is normally made up from the
condensate pump discharge.
(c)
The coolant shall be circulated by the auxiliary cing water pumps.
(d) Heat absorbed by the coolant shall be transferred to circulating water (river water)
through auxiliary cooling water coolers. The river water shall be branched from the
circulating water (CW) pipe on the inlet of the condenser, and be boosted by the river
water booster pump.
(e)
An auxiliary cooling water head tank or a stand pipe shall be provided.
4.2 .4 .2 River Water Pioin e:

(a) The following design requirements shall be applied to the river water piping for
auxiliary cooling water system.
(b) The pipework and coolers shall be arranged so that the circulating water flow path
to each cooler is in parallel with that for the main condenser.
\
(c) All components in the river water system shall be capable of withstanding the
maximum CW pump shut-valve head or the maximum surge pressure, whichever is
higher.
(d) A manually operated isolating valve shall be provided at the inlet and outlet branch
of each cooler.
(e) Auxiliary cooling water coolers and strainer valves shall be arranged so that it is not
possible to isolate two (2) coolers simultaneously.
(f)
In order that measurements can be made of the CW flow rate and heat released in
the cooler, provision shall be made for the temporary installation of an orifice flow
measuring device in the CW connection to each coole r.
4-2-75
4.2 .4 .3 River Water Pioing Svohonic Vacuum Vents

(a) A suitable syphonic vacuum venting bus main shall be provided whch
interconnects the top ofthe each waterboxes ofthe coolers, together with any high points
in the pipework requiring venting, with the top of the main condenser outlet waterboxes.
(b) This vent system shall be arranged on the main condenser outlet waterboxes to
ensure that any free air or gas in the CW system will be vented automatically under any
operating conditions including operation with one half of the condenser isolated on the
CW side for maintenance purposes.
(c) This venting system shall be entirely additional to the normal atmospheric drains
and vents led to waste via tundishes.
4.2 .4.4 River Water Strainer
(a
)
Single
s tra
iners (o
r duplicated fu
lld
tys
u
tra
ine
r)0
fthe automatic
se
l
f-c
lea
ningtyp
e
shall be pro'1
s
ha
llb
ed
isch
ar
ge
d to the common CW outlet pipework ofthe coolers.

(b) The mesh size of the strainer element shall not be greater in area than 15% of the
internal clearance in the auxiliary cooling water coolers, and total path area of the
apertures or holes ofthe strainer element shall be greater than three times ofthe total bore
area of the tubes.
(c) The strainer (or strainers) shall be fitted with locally mounted differential pressure
indicators and alarm initiation differential pressure switches, as well as a pressure gauge
(or gauges) arranged to reach both inlet and outlet. Timer control for cleaning and local
mounted selector switch having AutolManuallStop selection shall also be provided.
(d) The strainer (or strainers) shall be of cast iron or fabricated mild steel coated with
coal tar epoxy paint. The baskets and other internal components in contact with river
water shall be of stainless stee l.
(e) All necessary vents and drains , and equalizing connections, complete with valves
shall be provided, and shall include appropriate connections to the syphonic vacuum
4-2-76

venting bus main.
4.2 .4 .5 River Water Booster Pumps
(a) Two (2) motor driven pumps shall be supplied to boost up the circulating water
extracted from the inlet CW pipe to the main condenser, if required.
(b) Each pump shall be capable of 100% duty and be capable of developing sufficient
head to overcome the resistance of the strainer, auxiliary water cooler and pipework to
deliver river water at the rate specified.
//
/
l
\
4.2 .4 .6 Auxiliarv Cooling Water Svstem

4.2 .4 .6 .1 General
(a) An auxiliary cooling water system shall generally be provided as shown in the
relevant Bid Drawing.
(b) The system shall operate with demineralized wate the water shall be supplied by
the condensate pumps, or from the condensate storage tank via the condensate transfer
pump.
(c) All cooling circuit equipment shall be suitable for the duty and shall include the
foIlowing, but not be limited to:
(i)
Two (2) x 100% capacity auxiliary cooling water pumps with motors
(ii)
Two (2) x 100% capacity auxiliary cooling water coolers
(iii) An auxiliary cooling water head tank or a stand pipe

(iv) Associated piping, strainers, valves , fittings and hangers
(v)
AlI instrumentation, alarms and controls - refer to Volume 7
(vi) Electrical equipment and cables - refer to Volume 8

(d) Bidders shall describe the system behaviour under abnormal circumstances; and a
sudden stopping ofthe auxiliary cooling f1 0w (e.g. AC power supply failure to pumps).
Any automatic features necessary to protect the plant from damage in these
4-2-77

circumstances shalI be provided and shalI be described in the Bid.
(e) A lI auxiliary cooling watr system components, including valves ,
coolers, and header tank, shall be suitable for use with demineralized aerated watr.
(f) Lined pipework shall only be used in the larger sizes where internal access for lining
testing and repair is possible.
(g) Particular attention shalI be paid to adequate pipe supports with glass reinforced
plastic or ABS pipes.
(h) Valve sizes between 100 mm and 300 mm shall, where possible, be of the
diaphragm type with cast iron bodies neoprene rubber lined.
(i) The auxiliary cooling water system shall be designed so that, under any operating
conditions, it shall be under pressure in excess ofthat ofthe circulating water.
U)
Tappings complete with primary isolating valves shall be provided at each cooler
for differential pressure (cooIing water/circulating water) alarms.
(k) The auxiliary cooling water shall pass throu the various auxiliary coolers in
parallel and a pressure control valve shall be provided at the inlet header before branching
to the various auxiliary coolers. Th is control valve shalI be arranged to protect the system
from excessive pressure under low f1 0w conditions.
(1)
Flow switches fitted with alarm contacts and alarm equipment shaIl be supplied and
fitted as follows.
(i)
Auxiliary Cooling Water Tank outlet branch
(i i)
Auxiliary Cooling Water Pump discharge manifold
(m) A test drain valve , with tundish and drain pipework to waste shaIl be provided to
check the operation ofthe auxiliary cooling water head tank outlet f1 0w switch.
(n) The necessary inlet and outlet isolating valves shall be provided at each cooler and
suitable orifice plates or temperature control valves shall be provided to control the f1 0w
through each group of coolers.
(0)
A sampling connection, with an isolating and drain valve with tundish and pipework
4-2-78
VIETNAM ELECTR1CITY/ TEPSCO
to waste, for f1 ushing the system shall be provided at the auxiliary cooling water pump
outlet header after the auxiliary water coolers.
(p) Each heat exchanger shall be provided with the following local instrumentation on
the auxiliary cooling water inlet and outlet branches.
(i)
Pressure gauges at inlet and outlet of each heat exchanger
(ii)
Temperature gauges at inlet and outlet of each heat exchanger
( ii) Visual f1 0w indicators, in the outlet from each heat exchanger, fitted with
alarm contacts to close on cessation of f1 0w of cooling water
(q) The supply main and return main of Unit No.2 auxiliary cooling water system shall
be interconnected with those of existing Unit No.l. As for the terminal point ofthese,
see Drawing Nos. OM2T-I002 FLOW DIAGRAM OF CIRCULATING WATER
AND AUXILIARY COOLING WATER SYSTEM and OM2G-I016 TERMINAL
POINT LIST in Volume 11.
(
Equipment to be supplied by the Contractor shall be cooled by the Unit No .2 auxiliary

cooling water system specified in this Clause. However, the following equipment
supplied by the Contractor shall be cooled by the exiting Unit No.l auxiliary cooling
water system.
(i)
Oxidation air blower
(ii)
Limestone ball mill
Design cooling water temperature at the inlet of the equipment of exiting Unit No.l
auxiliary cooling water system is 36.1 oC. Design return cooling water header
temperature (Design cooling water inlet temperature of auxiliary cooling water
coolers) of exiting Unit No.l auxiliary cooling water system is 42.1 oC. Design
pressure and temperature of the equipment and piping of exiting Unit No.l auxiliary
cooling water system are 0.4 MPa (g) and 50 Oc. As for terminal points, see Drawing
No. OM2G-I016 TERMINAL POINT LIST in Volume 11.
4.2 .4 .6 .2 Auxiliary Cooling Water Coolers
(a)
Two (2) 100% duty auxiliary cooling water coolers shall be supplied.
4-2-79

/
l
l
(c)
(d)
(e) For the purpose of calculating the overall heat transfer coefficient ofthe coolers, a
fouling factor of 1. 9 x 104 m 2/h/deg CIkJ shall be selected.
(f)
The plate for these cooling water coolers shall preferably be oftitanium.
(g) Other plate material may be offered as an altemative provided the Bidder can
demonstrate the advantage of the altemative offer against the preferred material.
4 .2.4 .6.3 Auxiliary Cooling Water Pumps
(a) Two (2) 100% duty pumps shall be provided at ground f1 00r level for the auxiliary
cooling water system.
(b)
The pump casing shall be made of an approved grade of cast iron.
(c) The pump impeller shall be made of stainless steel, and keyed to a shaft made from
stainless stee l.
(d)
The bearings shall preferably be ofbalI or ro lIer.
(e) The pump glands shall be fitted with mechanical seal and shall be designed taking
account of easy change to packed type seal, if desired. A spare gland f1 ange to facilitate
this reversion shall be provided for each pump.
(f) Removable stainless steel sleeves are to be provided where the shaft passes through
the gland.
(g) The pumps shall be supplied complete with driving motors of the squirrel cage
induction type wound for operation in accordance with Volume 2.
(h) The necessary inlet and outlet isolating valves and non-retum valve shall be
supplied together with a pressure gauge complete with isolating valve on the suction and
the discharge ofthe pump.
4-2-80
(i)
Air release cocks shall be provided on each pump casing.
U) Water discharged from air cocks and glands sha l1 be piped via tundishes to the
nearest convenient drain trench.
4.2 .4 .6 .4 Auxiliary Cooling Water Head Tank or Stand Pipe
(a) An epoxy lined carbon steel auxilia cooling water head tank or stand pipe shall be
provided, being supplied with demineralized water from the outlet header of the
condensate pump or the condensate transfer pump.
(b) The filled water in the tank will be used as the auxiliary c ing water under the
emergency operation, therefore the auxiliary cooling water tank shal1 be installed at
higher level than any auxiliary coolers.
(c) Level control valve shal1 be provided on the make-up water supply line. An
overf1 ow pipe and valve drain shall be led to the drain water down pipe and a vent led
outside the building.
4.2 .4 .6.5 Sampling and Chemical Dosing
(a) Provisions shall be made for sampling the cooling water at convenient points in the
system.
(b)
Chemical Dosing System for Auxiliary Cooling Water System

(i)
General
The chemical dosing system for auxiliary cooling water system to inject
chemicals to the auxiliary cooling water to prevent the equipment from
corrosion is common facility to Unit No.l and Unit No.2 and has been already
installed by the Unit No.l contractor in the Unit No.l area ofthe power house.
The Contractor shall interconnect his chemical dosing piping of Unit No.2
auxiliary cooling water system to the existing chemical dosing system at the
terminal point shown in Drawing No. OM2G-l 0 16 TERMINAL POINT LIST
in Volume 11.
(ii)
Existing Unit No.l chemical dosing system for auxiliary cooling water system
Existing Unit No.l chemical dosing system for auxiliary cooling water system
consists of the following.
4-2-81
i. One (1) Cooling water hydrazine tank with an agitator

ii. Two (2) 100% capacity cooling water hydrazine pumps
iii. One (1) Hydrazine measuring tank
iv Piping and valves
v. Electrical equipment
vi. Instrumentation and control
The concentration ofhydrazine to be injected is 5 - 20 ppm.
(iii) Chemicals in the cooling water hydrazine tank shall be injected to the
discharge header of auxiliary cooling water pumps.
(iv) Void
(v)
Void
(vi)
Chemicals
a. Chemicals used for this system shall be hydrazine. The Bidder can,
however, o:ffer the alternate chemicals.
b. If the Bidder proposes chemical other than hydrazine, he shall provide
the chemical dosing system including a chemical solution t1k two (2)
100% capacity chemical dosing pumps, associated piping system,
electrical equipment and instrumentation and control system.
(vii) Piping and Valves

The system shall be provided with complete interconnecting piping between
terminal point to existing Unit NO.l chmical dosing system and the injection
point at the discharge header of auxiliary cooling water pump ofUnit NO.2.
4-2-82
4.2.5 Feedwater Heating System

4.2.5 .1 General
(a) The feedwater heating plant for the turbine generator specified herein shall be ofthe
regenerative extraction steam type and shall be generally as shown in the relevant Bid
Drawings.
(b) le feedwater heating system shall include the following major components, but
not be limited to:
(i)
Gland steam condenser
(ii)
No. 1 low pressure feedwater heater with separate or integral drain cooler
(iii) No. 2 low pressure feedwater heater

(iv) NO.3 low pressure feedwater heater
(v)
No. 410w pressure feedwater heater
(vi) Deaerator and storage tank

(vii) Deaerator recirculation pump
(viii) No. 6 high pressure feedwater heater
(ix) No. 7 high pressure feedwater heater
(x)
No. 8 high pressure feedwater heater
(xi) All necessary equipment to provide back-up steam supplies sufficient to

ensure adequate deaerator performance under off-load and low-load
conditions
(xii) Deaerator off-load and low-load recirculation system
(xiii) HP and LP extraction steam , condensate (from condensate pump discharge to
BFP discharge) , feedwater (from BFP discharge to NO.8 high pressure heater
outlet), vent and drain pipework, valves , strainers and orifice plates
4-2-83
(ix) By-pass valves and. pipework on heaters , including autornatic operatiol

on-load testing features
(x)
Supporting steelwork for heaters, etc.
(xi) Localladders, galleries and handrails

(xii) Therrnal insulation and cladding
(xiii) Level controllers and control valves for heaters and deaerator
/
/
(xiv) Local instrurnents, gauges and controls.

(xv) All other equiprnent required for the safe and efficient operation ofthe plant.
4.2.5.2 0oeratin e: Conditions
(a) Each systern shall be capable of operation under all conditions in conjunction with
the turbine generator specified herein.
(b) A closed feedwater systern shall be supplied, capable of producing a final feedwater
ternperature at the outlet of No. 8 high pressure feedwater heater not lower than the
ternperature specified in the Bid.
(c) le operating conditions to be observed in the design of the plant are stated in
Clause 4.1.2 and general design conditions in Volurne 2.
(d) The rnaxirnurn oxygen content ofthe feedwater discharged frorn the deaerator shall
be stated in the Technical Schedules Volurne 13 and shall not exceed 0.007 rn g/l under
any conditions of load before injecting hydrazine with an oxygen content in the
condensate at inlet to the deaerator ofup to 0.042 m g/l.
(e) Each feedwater heater shall be capable of accepting the entire drainage frorn the
preceding heater under full load conditions. Each heater shall be capable of
accommodating additional heating steam and drain f1 0ws arising from adjacent heater(s)
being out of service.
4-2-84
4.2.5 .3 Arrangement ofFeedwater Heating Svstem

4.2.5.3 .1 General
(a) The arrangement, numbers and layout of the feedwater heating system shall be
designed based on the relevant Bid Drawings.
(b) le Bidder shall 0r the Main Bid based on this aangement however, the Bidder
may offer an Altemative plan based on a different aangement provided:
/
1
,
/
tr
1i
(ii)
The variations are fully justified technically and economically and are based
upon proven operational experience. Details of the justification of each
variation shall be included in the Bid.
The variations shall inc1 ude all necessy features in order to comply with the
general design principles.
(c) Th e Contractor shall owe all responsibili for the adequacy and correctness of the
condensate and feedwater heating scheme insofar as it affects the capacity ofthe plant to
meet all requirements ofthese Bid Documents.
(d) No. 1 low pressure heater and No. 2 low pressure heater may be either mounted
separately from the condenser or mounted in the condenser neck.
(e) Each heater group shall be capable of being isolated and by-passed as detailed in
Clause 4.2.5 .3.4, enabling them to be taken out of service without shutting down the
turbine generator unit and without detriment to the operating of any of the remaining
heaters, feedwater system or turbine.
(f) These by-pass and isolation aangement shall be in accordance with the
appropriate Bid Drawings. The arrangement ofthe gland steam condenser by-pass shall
preferably be made, taking account ofthe operational requirements ofClause 4 .2.1. 8.
(g) The feedwater heating plant supporting structure, platforms, access ladders and
handrails for the safe and convenient operation of the plant and its auxiliaries shall be
provided.
(h) Nitrogen blanketing facilities for the steam space offeedwater heating system shall
be provided. The Bidder shall state Nitrogen quality requirement in the bid.
4-2-85
(i) As for the design offeedwater heaters, deaerator, extraction steam piping, drain and
vent piping, ANS'ASME TDP-l "Recommended Practices for the Prevention of Water
Damage to Steam Turbines Use for Electric Power Generation" shall be closely r
4.2.5.3.2 Feedwater Heater Drains and Vents
ji
..,;f, ... \
'z
r :r
(a) Drains from the hi pressure heaters shall be cascaded from heater to h
through level control valves to the deaerato without the use of drain pumps. Emerge
drains shall also be discharged to the condenser.
/
,
(b) The drains aangement shall also include for the automatic routing of the drains
from NO.6 HP heater to the No .4 LP heater under appropriate conditions (such as at low
load operation).
(c) The drains from the low pressure heaters should be cascaded from heater to heater
through level control valves to the main condenser.
(d) LP heaters, if located in the condenser neck, shall preferably drain through separate
drain cooler into the condenser hotwel l. 1f it is located outside the condenser shell, its
drain cooling zone may be integral with the heater. 1fthe Bidder proposes LP feed water
heaters with integral drain cooler and installed in the condenser neck, he shall state his
design to drain at low load condition.
(e) 1n all cases of cascade drainage to the deaerator, or to a lower pressure heater which
is to be individually by-passed in the event of high water level, the cascade drain shall
incorporate a motorized isolating valve arranged to operate automatically in conjunction
with the high water level protection.
(f) For both HP and LP heaters, by-pass connections shall be supplied, where necessa
to ensure adequate drainage is maintained automatically when any feedwater heater is
taken out of service.
(g) Drain inlet connections on the heater shall be aanged so as to avoid attack on heater
tubes by incoming drains. The drain pipework shall be amply sized and capable of
draining the condensed heating steam and, considering a case of feedwatr heater tube
rupture , additional drain from two (2) ruptured tubes or 10% of feedwater f1 0w at Turbine
Maximum Continuous Rating (TMCR), whichever is the larger, shall be considered.
(h) Alllevel controllers and level control valve and associated equipment required shall
be supplied. The Bidder shall refer to Volume 7 for details.
4-2-86
(i) lndividual air vent lines shall be provided from each HP feedwater heater to the
deaerator and from each LP feedwater heater to the condenser. Air shall not be cascaded
from one heater to another and orifice plates shall be provided in the air vent pipe to
control the f1 ow.
4.2.5.3.3 Extraction Steam to Feedwater Heaters
(a) The extraction steam lines to the heaters except ones located in the condenser
exhaust neck shall be fitted with quick closing motorized isolating valves and powerassisted non-return valves.
(b) Where the extraction steam line is connected to a potential steam source, or the
quantity of steam stored in the extraction steam line is likely to cause overspeed of the
turbine on sudden load reduction, the non-return valves shall be power-assisted. Such
power-assisted non-return valves shall be positioned in horizontal piping, and installed in
at least the extraction steam lines to all feedwater heaters, including the deaerator, except
for the extraction steam lines to LP feedwater heater(s)- installed in the condenser neck.
Two (2) power-assisted non-return valves shall be installed in series in the extraction
steam lines having large potential of sten source such as deaerator and BFP turbines.
(c) Automatic operation ofboth the motorized isolating and power-assisted non-return
valves shall be initiated by both the turbine protection and heater f1 00ding trip systems.
(d) Means shall be provided for testing both the turbine protection and heater f1 00ding
trp systems.
(e) Means shall be provided for testing the
valves with the turbine at any load.
operon
of the power-assisted non-return
(f) The valves shall be fitted with a mechanism which gives a clear external indication
of valve position and shall also be provided with closed position limit switches.
(g)
le
non-return valves shall be of low pressure drop when it is opened.
(h) Automatic pipe drainage on closure ofthe extraction steam valves shall be provided
to prevent the build up of condensed steam in the extraction steam pipe at all times the
heater is out of service.
(i)
Motorized drain valve shall be provided for this purpose on the upstream side ofthe
4-2-87
VIETNAM ELECTR1CITYITEPSCO
extraction steam non-retum valves and elsewhere as necessary.
u)
For additional protection against the possibility of water build-up in the deaerator
extraction steam pipework, a low-level connection pot shall be incorporated with the
extraction steam pipe drain aangement.
(k) This collection pot shall be provided with a level switch
abnormal build-up of water.
aanged
to detect an
(1) Level switch shall be arranged to initiate the deaerator high water level protection,
including closure of the extraction steam isolating and power assisted non-retum valves.
//
(m) The extraction steam piping shall minimize the pressure drop between the tapping
points on the turbine and the heater bodies.
(n)
In designing extraction steam piping ANSIIASME TDP-l shall be closely referred.
4.2.5.3 .4 Arrangement ofFeedwater Connections and By-Passes

(a) High pressure heaters shall be provided with a by-pass line on the feedwater side to
be remotely operated with the motor valve in the event of high water leve l.
(b) The by-pass valves may be operated by the motor and initiated by the level control
of each heater.
(c) le HP heater by-pass arrangements shall include means of isolating heaters at
100% Rated Output for inspection and maintenance. Safety precautions to be adopted and
reliability ofthe isolation shall be stated in the Bid.
(d) The by-pass valves shall be operated such that the feedwater is re-routed gradually
and without heavy impact.
(e) The Bidder shall state the time for each by-pass system to operate, and shalI include
this data in a description ofthe design ofthe high water level protection scheme on which
his Bid is based.
(f)
This description shall include consideration of the time taken to f1 00d the heater
sten space in the event of two burst tube or 10% of feedwater f1 0w at TMCR condition
whichever the larger.
4-2-88
(g) The operation of each by-pass device shall be indicated by an audible alarm on the
unit control system.
(h) Means shall be provided for on-Ioad testing of the HP heater feedwater by-pass
system and valves. Any limitations on the frequency of routine on-Ioad testing shall be
clearly stated in the Bid.
(i) Each two low pressure heaters except for the deaerator shall be provided with
valves to by-pass and isolate the heaters on the water side.
(j) The Bidder shall comment on the countermeasures against high water level
protection for low pressure heater, and should include the provision of automatic
operation ofthe feedwater isolating and by-pass valves. Facilities for on load testing of all
such automatic by-pass systems shall also be provided.
(k)
In all cases valve position shall be displayed in the central control room.
4.2.5.3.5 Deaeration and Feedwater Heating with Turbine By-Pass in Operation

(a) Arrangements shall be included to ensure the following minimum levels of
deaeration and feedwater heating to be maintained with the turbine off-load (or at low
loads) when the turbine by-pass system is in operation:
(i)
An adequate supply of heating steam for the deaerator shall be maintained
from the auxiliary steam supply header.

4.2.5 .4 H!zh Pressure Feedwater Heaters
(a) High pressure feedwater heater shall be designed in accordance with HEI Standards
for Closed Feedwater Heaters.
(b) The high pressure feedwater heaters shall be designed , on the water side, to
withstand the maximum design pressure of feedwater piping which is in accordance with
ASME B31.1.
(c) The high pressure feedwater heaters shall incorporate desuperheating and drain
cooling section for reducing the terminal temperature difference between steam
saturation temperature and feedwater outlet and drain cooler approach between drain
outlet and feedwater inlet.
4-2-89
VIETNAM ELECl'RICITY/ TEPSCO
(f) The steam temperature leaving the desuperheating section at full duty shall be
above the saturation temperature with sufficient margin to ensure that no condensation on
the tubes within the desuperheating section will occur under normal load conditions and
the steam leaving the desuperheating zone will not cause droplet impingement in the
condensing section.
(g) le construction of the steam inflow to desuperheating section and drain outflow
from drain cooling section shall be such that permit relative movement between the
desuperheating and drain cooling sections and the inflow and outflow nozzles.
(h) The design ofthe heater shall incorporate the necessary vents and bafiles to ensure
even distribution ofthe steam, avoid blanketing ofthe tube surface by stagnant pockets of
incondensible gases and to ensure that the tubes shall not be damaged from droplet
impingement at the points of entry of flash steam and drains.
(i)
Heater shells shall be of fabricated steel suitable for design steam temperatures.
G)
The tubing of the heaters shall be of seamless carbon steel U tubes (ASTM
A556-B2) and welded into the tube plate or headers at both ends.
.,
\
(k) The tube plate or headers shall be forged steel and weld overlayed with low carbon
steel on the tube joint surface to ensure weldability with the tubes.
(1)
Means ofinspection ofthe tube-nests and tube-ends shall be provided.
(m) In waterbox type heaters, arrangements (which do not require the breaking of pipe
joints) for inspection and repair of the waterbox division plate shall be provided. Such
aangements shall be fully described in the Bid.
(n)
Water boxes shall be made of carbon steel (ASTM A515-65 or equivalent).
(0) Particular attention shall be paid to the design of the waterbox division plate and
any other attachment to ensure that:
4-2-90
(p)
(i)
There wi I1 be no by-passing, or "short-circuiting" , of the feedwater from the

inlet space to the outlet space.
(ii)
There wi I1 be no erosionlcorrosion on the tube plate and tube ends on water

inlet side.
Details shall be given in the Bid ofthe above, particularly item (ii).
Details shall be given in the Bid of precautions that will be taken to minimize
corrosion during manufacture and construction ofthe plant.
(q)
(r) Baff1 ing the tube nests shall be

tube rubbing.
aanged
so that there is no tube vibration, tube to
4.2.5.5 Low Pressure Feedwater Heaters

(a) Low pressure feedwater heaters shall be designed in accordance with HEI Standards
for Closed Feedwater Heaters.
(b) Th e low pressure feedwater heaters shall be designed on the water side to withstand
the maximum pressure of at least 5% higher than the condensate pump shut offhead.
(c)
le
waterboxes and heater bodies shall be constructed of stee l.
(d) The tubes shall be of the U tube type, of stainless steel (ASTM A688-TP304) and
suitably expanded into a steel tube plate at both ends.
(
(e) Details shall be given in the Bid of precautions that will be taken to minimize
corrosion during manufacture and construction ofthe plant.
4.2.5.6 Gland Steam Condenser
(a) The gland steam condenser shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirements laid down for the LP heaters except that the tube aangements may be
either U tube or straight type expanded at both ends into tube plates of carbon stee l.
(b) The retum end tube plate and covers, if provided, shall be
expansion of the tubes.
4-2-91
aanged
to allow for
4.2.5.7 Deaerator
4.2.5.7 .1 General
(a) The deaerator unit shall comprise a direct contact feedwater heater and shall be
arranged so that under normal circumstances, the entire feedwater flow to the boiler shall
pass through it.
(b) le deaerator unit shall be designed to maintain an intemal pressure above

atmospheric under any operating conditions, and shall consist of a deaerator, water
storage tank, feedwater and sten control gear and an necessy pipes, valves and
auxiliaries. It shall be located at high level and supported by steelwork.
(c)
All necessa access platforms, companion ways, stairways, etc. , shall be provided.
(d) le platform arrangement shall accommodate with the connection of walkways

located at tank top Ieve l.
(e) The bodies of the deaerator and water storage tank shall be of wded carbon steel
(ASTM A515-65) construction.
(f) All pipe connections should take the form of stubs or nozzles prepared for butt
welding to the adjoining piping.
(g) Where flanged connections are necessary, they shall be pipe flanges or sh neck
flange connections. Flanges directly welded to the vessel will not be acceptable.
(h) At all points where steam or water enters deaeror and storage tank, approved
diffuser and baft1 es shaIl be provided to prevent impingement on the tank plates or
intemals. It shaIl be possible to remove and examine the dilsers.
(i) In particular, adequate protection shall be made at entrance of boiler feed pump
minimum flow nozzles and , if necessa" balance disk leak-off connections.
U) The deaerator shaIl be spray and tray type. The trays , spray nozzles and intemal
fittings shall be of stainless steel (ASTM A240-304).
(k) The deaerator feedwater storage tank shall have a storage capaci between normal
working level and lowest level of not less than 10 minutes supply of feed water at 100%
Rated Output. It shall be designed to avoid any stagnant pockets of incondensible gases.
4-2-92
o MON THERMAL POWE'R PLANT
(1) A drain connection controlled by a motorizd valve shall be fitted between the
deaerator feedwater storage tank and condenser flash box for use at sta up, and shall be
arranged to open automatically in the event of deaerator extreme high water leve l.
(m) This drain location shall be ranged to prevent the risk of disturbance or significant
reduction in the NPSH. at the boiler feed pump suction. It shall also be arranged so that it
is not possible for the deaerator to be drained inadvertently to below the normal range of
operating levels.
(n) The vent piping shall be arranged to be vented through motorized or air operated
isolating valves both to the main condenser and to atmosphere.
(0) Details shall be given in the Bid of precautions that will be taken to minimize
corrosion during manufacture and construction of plant.
4.2.5.7 .2 Deaerator Steam Supplies
(a)
Th e deaerator shall normally be supplied with steam extracted from the IP turbine.
(b) Facilities shall, however, be provided for alternative steam supplies for the
deaerator from the auxiliary steam supply main for use during start-up and at low load.
(c) Since the house boiler is not installed, the Contractor shall pay attention to douse the
appropriate quantity ofhydrazine to the deaerator for the start-up period.
(d) Particular attention shall be paid to ensure that adequate and safe steam pipe
drainage is provided.
(e) Reliefvalve(s) shall be provided that is sized to discharge the entire quantity of
auxiliary steam to the deaerator if such safety valve is not provided in the auxiliary steam
system.
(f) The low load steam to the deaerator shall be reduced in pressure and if necessary
desuperheated as appropriate for the duty.
(g) The Bidder shall state the spray water sources, if necessary. If spray water is taken
from the condensate pump discharge , the effects ofloss of AC supply after a unit trip shall
be taken account of.
4-2-93
.>
O MON THERMAL POWER PLANT ,
4.2.5.7.3
Dearator
r;;
Off-Load Heating and Recirculation
I )
Systems
A \";.t.
r:NJ:
(a) In order to maintain a supply of deaerated water under off-load conditions a systWJ
of direct heating shall be proded if such is the Contractor s standard design.
y
(b) The deaerator recirculation system shall comprise a single 100% duty electric motor
driven pump and associated inlet and outlet piping and valves.
(c) The recirculation system shall be sized to ensure heating up and deaeration of all
stored water to 1000 C within two hours before start-up and that satisfactory deaerator
performance is achieved at low loads and during sta'-up.
(d)
le
sizing and aangement proposed for this
syst~m
shall be detailed in the Bid.
4 .2 .5.8 Condensate and Feedwater Pioing

4 .2 .5.8.1 General
(a) The condensate and feedwater piping system shall be general1y as indicated on the
relevant Bid Drawings and shall include the fo l1 owing, but not be limited to:
(i) Condensate piping from the condenser outlets to the deaerator inlet inc1uding
heater bypass, and the deaerator feedwater storage tank outlet to the boiler feed
pump sucton
(ii) Feedwater piping from the boiler feed pump discharge to No. 8 HP heater
outlet
(iii) Temporary blowing or f1 ushing piping for the above
(iv) Complete pipe support and hanger assemblies including accessories and
structural steel attachments
(v) All valves, thermowe l1 s, pressure tap bosses, sampling connections, insulation
supports, drain and vent piping and any other ancillary connections and
equipment required to effect the installation and safe operation of the plant
(vi)
and prmanent branches, valves and fittings required for isating

blowout, acid c1 eaning and hydrostatic testing of condensate and feedwater
piping supplied undr this Contract
Tempora
4-2-94
(vii)All embedded parts and anchors required for the above shall be supplied.
4.2.5.8.2 Design Requirements
(a) The piping systerns shall be desgned to be capable of safely withstanding the
stresses under normal operating conditions as well as stresses resulting frorn on-load
testing, rapid load changes and rapid valve closure on turbine trip under load conditions.
(b) The systerns shall be capable of withstanding the normal piping stress cycles that
will occur during the life ofthe plant.
(c) All piping, supports and valves shall be designed in accordance with the
requirernents of "General Technical Specifications" in Volurne 2.
(d) The Contractor shall subrnit full stress calculation to ensure acceptable terrninal
loading at connections on feedwater heaters, deaerator and purnps.
(e) Maximum water and stearn velocity through the piping shall not exceed those
specified in Volurne 2. The Contractor shall subrnit his calculation to verify cornpliance
with this requirernent.
(f) Design pararneters for all piping systerns shall be optirnized by the Contractor to
suit the actual requirements ofthe system.
(g) The wall thickness of the condensate and feedwater piping shall conform to the
requirements of Clause 122.1 .3 of ANSIIASME B31.1 or equivalent.
(h) The design temperature of the piping shall be of the expected and sustained
rnaximum f1 uid ternperature.
4-2-95
4.2.6 Instrumentation , Control and Fittings for Feedwater Heating System

The feedwater h<;ating plant shall be provided with at least the
instrumentation, control and fittings and be referred to Volume 7.
(a)
HP Feedwater Line
(b)
HP and LP Heaters
(i)
(ii)
On each heater waterboxlheader or pipework, as appropriate:

i.
One (1) each steel thermometer pocket on inlet and outlet branch
ii.
One (1) each dial type thermometer fitted on inlet and outlet branch
ii i.
One (1) each pressure gauge fitted on inlet and outlet branch
iv.
Relief valve complete with discharge pipe and tundish
v.
Air release valve, complete with discharge pipe and tundish
vi.
Drain connections with valves and tundishes, led to waste in the power
house basement at suitable points
On each heater body:

i.
Two (2) thermometer pockets on steam inlet branch
ii.
Two (2) thermometer pockets on drain discharge branch
iii.
One (1) pressure gauge , complete with isolating valve
iv.
Reliefvalve, complete with discharge pipe to atmosphere and tundish
v.
Ill uminated water level gauge(s)
vi.
Level measuring devices (complete with primary isolating valves)
4-2-96
required for drain control and auto by-pass control, extraction steam
valve control and alarm initiation
vii.
All necessary drain connections with valves , led to suitable points at the
condenser or to waste in the power house basement at suitable points
viii. Drain connections with orifices, valves and piping for the cascading
drains to heaters, deaerator or condenser as specified, level control
valves and associated equipment, as required
(c)
Gland Steam Condenser

(i)
(ii)
(d)
On the waterboxes or pipework, as appropriate:i.
One (1) each thermometer on inlet and outlet branch
ii.
Relief valve, complete with discharge pipe and tundish
iii.
Air release valve, complete with discharge pipe and tundish
iv.
Drain connections with valves and tundishes, led to waste in the power
house basement at suitable points
On the condenser shell:i.
One (1) thermometer pocket on steam inlet branch
ii.
One (1) thermometer on pocket drain outlet branch
iii.
One (1) pressure gauge complete with isolating valve
V.
Drain connection wth orifices and

disposal of drains
v.
Vent connection to gland steam exhauster
tundishs
valves and piping for
Deaerator
(i)
One (1) each dial type thermometer and one (1) each thermometer pockets on
condensate inlet to deaerator and outlet from deaerator water storag taC
4-2-97
/
,,
(iv) Relief valve(s) as necessy sized per Clause 4.2.5.7 .2 complete with
discharg pipe to atmosphere
(v)
Air release valves, complete with discharge pipes and tundishes
(vi) Illuminated water level gauge

(vii) Branches complete with primary isolating valves for level and pressure
measuring equipment to be supplied
(viii) Branches
switches
comple
with primary isolating valves for high and low levels
(ix) Three (3) connections on the storage tank for the boiler feed pumps minimum
f1 0w together with any necessy intemal baff1 es or diffuser plates. 1n addition ,
if necessary, three connections on the storage tank for boiler feed pump
balance water connections
(x)
A drain to waste connection with manual valve on the deaerator water storage
tank, including waste pipework to connect with appropriate rainwater drains
plpe
(xi) A deaerator drain to condenser connection with a motorised valve and a level
control valve, inc1 uding pipwork
(xii) All necessary local instrumentation and control equipment for low-load and
off-load deaerator steam supply systems
4.2.7 Valve Gland Sealing
(a) Arrangement shall be provided for the glands of all valves in pipework systems
subjected to sub-atmospheric pressure to be suitably sealed to avoid the induction of air
4-2-98
under any normal conditions.

(b) For valves above 50 mm in size, a valve gland sealing system shall be provided in
which condensate from the condensate pump discharge , suitably reduced in pressure is to
be piped to a suitable tapping on the valve gland for sealing purposes.
(c) The connection at each valve shall incorporate an isolating valve and a union
coupling to facilitate removal for maintenance.
(d) All small diameter pipework and valves in the gland sealing system, downstream of
the pressure reducing aangement. shall be of stainless stee l.
4.2.8 Relief Valves
(a) Vents from relief valves, etc., should be routed to atmosphere outside the power
house.
(b) Th ese should preferably discharge into the main turbine atmospheric elaust pipe,
but if this is not possible they should be manifolded together to keep the outlets to a
practicable minimum.
4-2-99
4.2.9 Boiler F Pumps aIId Drives
( The description in this Clause is based on the system consisting of two (2) x
capacity steam turbine driven boiler feed pumps and one (1) x 50% capacity motor dri
/:11boiler feed pump with fluid coupling.
_'t;
/
(b) However, in addition to the Main Offer based on the above-mentioned system, the
Bidder may propose an altemative system consisting of three (3)x 50% capacity motor
driven boiler feed pump
(c) In order that the altemative offer to be accepted for evaluation, the Bidder shall
demonstrate the advantage of the proposed plan over the Main Offer in the overall plant
cost, operability, maintainability and any other aspects he wants to declare.
(d) In such a case, the main turbine and the balance of the plant shall be designed
accordingly and stated in the Bid. Detailed description of the fluid coupling and driving
motor shall be included in the Bid.
4.2.9.1 General
(a) The boiler Ded pumps deliver feedwater from the deaerator feedwater storage tank to
boiler economizer inlet header and also supply high pressure attemperating water to the
desuperheaters of superheater, reheater and HP turbine bypass system.
(b) The work shall cover two (2) x 50% nominal capacity, variable speed, turbine driven
boiler Ded pumps (T-BFP) , one (1) x 50% nominal capacity, variable speed, motor
driven boner feed pumps (M-BFP) with f1uid coupling, boostcr pumps and accessories as
specified herein.
(c) Two (2) turbine driven boiler feed pumps operation in parallel shall deliver feedwater
flow at BMCR in normal operation.
(d)
Motor driven boilr feed pump operates at unit start up and as stand-by.
(e) 1hen (1) one turbine driven boiler feed pump is out of operation, the other turbine
driven boiler feed pump combined with one (1) motor driven boiler feed pump in
operation shall deliver feedwater flow at BMCR.
(f) When (1) one turbine driven boiler feed pump trips , the motor driven boiler feed
pump shall automatically start to back up the system.
4-2-100
(g)
For the boiler feed pump sets, Bidders may offer any manufacturer s product.
(h) The selected supplier shalI have supplied at least two pumps of similar design and
capacity, which have had at least 3 year reliable service. The important factor in the
design and construction of the pump sets shall be 'reliability" in operation.
(i) Pump designs which aim to improve efficiency with sacrificing reliability wilI not be
permitted. For example, adoption of too low-leakage balancing devices or too close
intemal clearancs.
G) Each of the feed pump sets shaIl consist of a low speed booster pump, a high speed
boiler feed pump, and a variable-speed drive.
(k) The motor driven boiler feed pump shalI be provided with fluid coupling and speed
increasing gear. The fluid driver shalI perform the required variable speed.
(1) It is envisaged that the booster pump of the motor driven boiler feed pump wilI be
driven, either directly, or throu a gearbox, from the other end of the main motor shaft
than the fluid coupling/gearbox drive.
(m) An arrangement whereby the booster pump is driven by a separate electric motor
from that for the boiler feed pump wi1l not be permitted.
(n) The feed pump sets shalI be arranged to draw maximum water from deaerator
described in Clause 4.2.5.7 ofthis Specification, through separate downcomer from the
deaerator feedwater storage tank to the suctions of each booster pump associated with the
respective feed pump sets.
(0) Each feed pump set shall be capable of satisfactory operation at any conditions
arising, from minimum recirculation flow through to maximum flow, operating eithrin
parallel with another pump set or individually.
(p) The control equipment to be supplied for the feed pump sets is described in Volume
7.
(q)
Equipment for one (1) unit shall comprise the following :

(i) Two (2) sts of turbine driven feed pumps, each of nominal 50% rating ,
complete with all equipment and accessories necessary for safe, efficient and
reliable opration including the following , but not be limited to:
4-2-101
(i)-l Turbine driven feed purnps (T-BFP)

i.
Feed pumps complete
ii.
Booster pumps
iii.
Speed reduction gears
iv.
Baseplates and bedplates; aIso foundation grillages or bedplate seating

plates or frames
v.
Suction strainers
vi.
Mechanical seal cooling systems
vii. Lubricating oil systems

viii. Thermallagging and cladding
ix.
Appearance covers
x.
Acoustic hoods
(i)-2 Boiler feed pump turbine (BFP-T)

\
i.
Boiler feed pump turbine complete
ii.
HP main stop valve and HP goveming valves
iii.
LP mn stop valve and LP goveming valves
iv.
Gland sealing stn and drain systems
v.
Lubricating oiI systems consists of one (1) main oil tank, vapor extractor,
two (2) main oil pumps, one (1) emergency oil pump , two (2) 100 %
capacity oil coolers and other necessyequipment
vi.
Turning gear
4-2-102

vii.
Control and protection system
viii. Turbine supeisory equipment
(ii)
ix.
Thermallagging and cladding
x.
Appearance covers
xi.
Acoustic hood
One (1) set of motor driven feed pump (M-BFP) of nominal 50% rating ,
complete with all equipment and accessories necessy for safe, efficient and
reliable operation, including the following , but not be limited to:
i.
Feed pump complete
ii.
Electric motor and associated cooling system
iii.
Booster pump
iv.
Combined gearbox and variable speed fluid coupling
v.
Baseplates and bedplates; also foundation grillages or bedplate seating

plates or frames
vi.
Suction strainer
vii.
Mechanical seal cooling system
viii. Lubricating oil system

ix.
Thermal lagging and cladding
x.
Appearance cover
xi.
Acoustic hood
(iii) Minimum flow equipment including pipework, valves and prssure reducing
chambers
4-2-103
o MON THERMAL POJJ
i.
Complete minimum f1 0w control system.
(iv) Warming equipment including pipework, valves and pressure reducing.~.

as necessa
(v)
Control and instrumentation, as defined by the

follows:
prosions
Volume 7 as
i.
Local instruments
ii.
Feed pump protection equipment (local devices)
iii.
Feed pump supervisory equipment
iv.
I&C systems for feed pump auxiliaries (l ocal devices)
v.
Local instrumentation panel and gauge board for each feed pump
vi.
All tapping points, primary isolating valves and temperature measuring

pockets required for the remote instrumentation.
(vi) Piping and valves, complete with an associated equipment, as follows:
i.
Suction pipework and valves
ii.
Discharge pipework, non-retum and isolating valves
iii.
Interconnecting pipework betwen booster and main pumps and all

other integral piping, orifice assemblies, valves and expansion pieces
(and associated supports , anchors , remote operating mechanisms etc.)
and including piping and valves
iv.
Power operion of all valves and other items included in the plant
necessary for the remote starting-up and shutting-down ofthe plant
v.
Piping and valves of integral piping system of pumps and turbines such
as gland seal piping, lubricating oil piping and control oil piping.
4-2-104

vi.
Exhaust piping ofboiler feed water turbines including isolating butterfly

valves and expansion joints
4.2.9.2 Service Conditions

(a) le pumps shall have matched characteristics and any combination of two (2)
pumps shall be capable of operating in parallel over the full operating range ofthe turbine
and boiler unit up to feedwater flow ofBMCR
(b) ley shal1 be dsigned to give high efficincy throughout the normal unit oprating
range.
(c) The standby motor driven boiler feed pump shall be available for automatic
the event of failure of one of the running turbine driven boiler feed pumps.
sta
in
(d) The plant arrangement and mode of operation shall be such that when ho (2)
pumps are operating in parallel, failure of a running pump will not cause cascade tripping
of the other.
(e) Single operation of motor driven boiler feed pump will be used for stt-up and at
low-loads as dictated by overall pumping efficiency consideration. Accordingly the pump
sets shall also be capable of operating singly over their full speed range.
(f) The pump accessories requiring cooling water shall be designed to handle Auxiliary
Cooling Water.
(g) The fed pump sets shall be fully adequate to supply not only boiler feed make-up
requirements, but also necessa supplies of spray water to the boiler, HP turbine bypass
system , auxiliary steam system de-superheating stations, and any other high pressure
feedwater requirement.
(h) Each boiler feed pump shall be provided with an inter-stag tapping for the supply
of spray water for reheaters , auxiliary steam desuperheating and any other duty for which
the supply of feedwater at a reduced pressure would be economical and practical.
(i) In addition to the foregoing, pump sets shall be fu lIy suitable for the following
duties:(i)
To meet the boiler feed and plant spray water requirements at all operating
conditions, either with pairs of the pumps sets working in parallel, or with
4-2-105
only one pump supplying the plant with the boiler a reduced
rate.
evaP9
I ::t:
(ii)
G)
The pump rating shall be selected as follows.

*
i) Th e cacity oftwo pump sets shall be not less than 105% ofpump let
f1 0w at BMCR.
ii) The pump outlet pressure shall be enough for supplying the pump capacity
f1 0w to boiler drum at BMCR operation.
The Bidder shall provide head-quanti curves at pump design ful1 speed
for the pressure pumps and for the complete pump sets.
ii.
The Contractor shall provide detailed performance curves, including

head-quanti NPSH (required) , e:ffi ciency and powe with and without
spray water f1 0w to desuperheating stations, for boiler feed and booster
purnps and all pump sets, at fu lI design speed and at conditions
equivalent to the conditions specified in Volume 4.
iii.
Head/f1 ow and power curves shall also be provided in the Bid in respect
of constant speed from 100 percent to 20 percent in 20 percent
increments, respectively.
Operation at 47.5 Hz
In addition, the head-capability ofthe motor driven boiler feed pump shall be
stated in the Bid for the condition when electric system frequency drops to
47.5 Hz.
4.2.9.30oerating Conditions
(a) le feedwater f1 0w to the boiler will be controlled by a three element form of
automatic control; feedwatr f1 0w to the boilr turbine demand, and overriding impulse
for boiler drum water leve l.
(b) The control system shaIl provide a signal to the control system ofboiler feed pump
turbine or the f1 uid coupling scoop level to raise or lower pump speed.
(c) The pump shall be capable ofwithstanding, without damage for a period ofnot less
than 15 minutes , the reverse rotation which would result from non-retum valve failure
under maximum discharge pressure conditions. In addition a reverse rotation alarm shall
4-2-106

be provided for each purnp.
(d) The purnp sets shall be free from harmful vibration under all conditions of load and
speed.
(e)
Any inherent resonant frequencies of the feed purnp sets and their rnounting
aangernent
shall be suitably apart frorn any operational forcing frequencies.
(f)
The rotors shall be designed such that the critical speed in water shall be beyond 120
of the rated speed, also such that there shall be no torsional resonant frequency
within 10% ofthe operating speed range.
percnt
(g) The Bidder shall provide full details oftheir design philosophy in this regard and of
the anticipated critical speeds and resonant frequencies.
(h) The design pressure for each section of the pump casings shall be at least the
rnaximurn pressure which can be generated in that section with cold water at maximurn
rated speed ofthe purnp and with the maximurn possible suction pressure.
(i)
The purnp shall draw water from an elevated deaerator.
U) At turbine loads below approximately 30% of Rated Output, a back-up stearn

supply systern shall corne into operation to prevent the deaerator pressure dropping.
(k) In abnorrnal circurnstances at stt-up or low loads, the deaerator rnay be placed
under vacuum conditions, and the feed pumps shalI be designed such as to accommodate
this condition without problern or risk of damage.
(1) Under conditions of sudden cessation of the stearn supply to the deaerator (as at
turbine trip) , a transitory drop in available NPSH at the feed purnp suction w ilI occur.
Purnp suction arrangernent, etc. , shall be designed considering the above transient
conditions. The Contractor shall submit analysis and calculations ofNPSH at the above
transient conditions to prove and ensure that his design is appropriate.
(rn) The NPSH required by the feed purnp rnust be at least 1 rn lower than that available
under the worst transient condition of the systern.
(n) The booster purnp shall be aanged to provide sufficient NPSH for the rnain purnp
at all tirnes, including start-up and under all transient conditions.
4-2-107
(0) The Bidder shall state the minimum margin between required and availfeNPSH
at each pump speed for all operating conditions stated above and shall confirm their
adequacy.
(p) The bearings of the feed pumps, motors and f1 uid couplings shall be of the sleeve
type , split horizontally and so designed that the bottom halves may be removed without
removal ofthe rotor.
(q) Provision shall made to permit veical and horizontal adjustment of each bearing
by shim adjustment or similar method and not by scraping or remetalling of the Babbit
material.
4 .2 .9 .4 Desm Reauirements
4.2.9 .4.1 Boiler Feed Pumps
(a)
General
(i)
The main feed pumps shall be of the barrel casing pe and driven by the
boiler feed pump turbine (in case of turbine driven boiler feed pump) or
through the variable speed f1 uid couplings and gearboxes (in case of motor
driven boiler feed pump).
(ii)
Bidder shall indicate the pump stages and speed, etc. in Volume 13.
(iii) A pump warming connection shall be provided for each pump. The warming
water shall be taken from the common discharge line ofthe pumps and fed to
the pump barrel drain via pressure reducing orifices and appropriate isolating
valves. DetaiIs of the warming system, together with the quantity of the water
required , shaIl be included in the Bid.
(iv) During the emergency start of a standby pump, it is essential that the run-up to
maximum pump duty should be as rapid as possible to prevent large
excursions of drum leve I.
(v)
Accordingly, the design of the pumps and their control aangements shall
provide the minimum run up time as far as possible, which shall be stated in
the Bid.
(vi) The Contractor sha lI specify the minimum safe f1 0w through the pump blow
4-2-108
which a rapid temperature rise may occu and shall state the quantity ofwatr
to be bypassed to the deaerator for the safe minimum flow.
(vii) The selection of material for the pump shall obviate erosion and corrosion of
any part and those components subject to wear shall be fitted with renewable
liners.
(viii) The design and construction of turbine driven boiler feed purnps and motor
boiler feed pump shall preferably be identical and each pt or component of
the pumps shall preferably be interchangeable.
(b) Casing
(i)
The casing shall be of forged stee l.
(ii)
All areas su ect to erosion shall be protected by welded stainless steel inlays
or similar. Alternatively the casing may be made of solid stainless steel to the
approval of EVN.
(iii) The casing shall be designed to withstand the maximum working pressure to
which it can be subjected, (i.e. maximum speed with discharge valves closed,
failure of discharge non-return valve, obstruction of flow in the discharge pipe
or a combination of these , with cold water) and any possible thermal shocks
without damage or leakage.
(iv) The purnp casing shall be aanged to ensure the removal of the internal
assembly without disturbing the piping.
(v)
Flange connection shall not be permitted at purnp discharge nozzle.
(vi) The method of suppoing the casing and other parts subject to temperature
changes shall be such as to permit free expansion and shrinkage without
causing strains, leakage or misalignment.
(vii) The Contractor shall state the maximum moments and forces from the suction
and discharge piping which the pump casing can withstand without the use of
expansion joints and shall design the connection piping accordingly as
specified.
4-2-109
(c)
l/
(ii)
The inspection procedures to ensure soundness and homogeneity shall be

stated in the Bid, together with the material specification and proposed thermal
treatment to minimize distortion during manufacture and in service.
(iii) The shaft shall be forged in one piece, and where changes in radius exist along
the shaft, generous fillet radii shall be provided.
(iv) Over the specified fluid coupling control range , the rotors ofthe motor driven
boiler feed pump shall have no critical speed within a safe margin of the
operating speed ofthe unit. The critical speed ofthe rotor (in water) shall be
not less than 120% ofits maximum operating speed.
(v)
(d)
The entire rotor assembly sh1 be stacally and dynamically balanced and the
assembled rotor shall be checked for concentricity. The impellers shall be cast
in one piece, finished and statically and dynamically balanced.
Shaft Gland Seal

(i)
The feed pump gland sealing systems shall be of the mechanical seal type.
However, alternative system may be offerd for consideration by EVN,
including labyrinth, fixed bushing or floating ring.
(ii)
The Bidder shall state his preference between these options giving
justification for his selection, with particular references to reliability,
maintenance and inspection requirments 10ss of water and high speed
rotation of this application.
(iii) Sealing devices shall be reliable, easy to adjust and maintain, and shall be
ranged to seek to rduce leakage flows to a practica1 minimum associated
with the particu1ar type of device.
(iv) Void
4-2-110

(v)
r./pJ
-Single full-duty filters shall be provided for the gland water systems, with
alarmed monitoring of the filter pressure difference.
(vi) Void
(vii) Void
(viii) Other means of control of gland water may be acceptable to EVN, if EVN
considers an altemative proposal made by the Contractor to be superior.
(ix) Void
(x)
Void
(xi) Void
(xii) If it is necessa to cool the f1 ushing water in order to achieve satisfactory
gIand seaIing performance, all equipment associated with the cooling system
shall be supplied.
(xiii) The gland sealing system shall incI ude a duplex type fine mesh strainer for
each feed pump arranged to prevent the glands from entry of debris.
(xiv) Void
(xv) The pump shall be protected from the damage when the sealing water is
diminished or fai 1ed to supply.
(xvi) Void
(xvii) Void
(xviii) Details of the mechanical seals and the supporting systems shall be included
in the Bid.
(xix) Full details of mechanical seal maintenance and inspection
be stated in the Bid including:
i.
The expected life ofthe seal faces
4-2-111
procedurs
shall

ii.
Inspection facilities for monitoring seal condition, and frequency of

mspectlOn
iii.
Detailed seal replacement procedures including man-hour

and overall time required
requirem
(
I;\"-;e
(e)
"~
Impeller
(i)
(ii)
The impellers shall be made of stainless steel and by an appr method

They shall be of the shrouded type and fitted to the rotor shaft in such :
manner as to be readily removable and to ensure free from thermal distortion.
The proven method of manufacture, together with details of the material
composition and heat treatment shalI be supplied. All stage impellers shall
have a usefullife of at least 30,000 hours.
(g)
(i)
The diffusers shall be made of stainless steel and by an approved method.
(ii)
The method of manufacture, and the material composition and heat treatment
shall be stated.
Wearing Rings and Bushes

(i)
Impeller stationary and rotating wearing rings shall be of sufficient length to
minimize interstage
(ii)
lecage.
Where moving and stationary pas are in close proximity, clearances shall be
such that seizure wiII not occur throughout the complete thermal cycle.
(iii) Compatible materials, with a substantial hardness difference , shall be used for
wearing rings and bushes to prevent galling.
(h)
Bearing
(i)
frN/4
(iii) Assembled rotor shall be i balanced.
;?
The bearings shall be arranged so that they are readily accessible and can be
examined and replaced without removal ofthe rotor from the pump.
4-2-112
(ii)
All joumal bearings shal1 be ofthe sleeve type.
(iii) Provision sh1 be made to permit vertical and horizontal adjustment of each
bearing by shim manipulation, and not by scraping or re-metalling in order to
accommodate realignment without wholesale dismantling.
(iv) The bearings shall be provided with forced oillubrication supplied from the
lubrication system offluid coupling/gearbox or BFP-T.
(v)
Visible indication ofthe retum oil flow from each bearing shall be provided.
(vi) A dial type thermometer of an approved type shall also be provided to indicate
the return oil temperature from each bearing.
(vii) The Contractor shall instal1 duplex thermocouples in the white metal of each
joumal bearing and also within each pad ofthe rrust bemg.
(viii) These thermocouples shall be positioned so as to ensure a quick response in
detecting abnormal changes in metal temperature, and preferably at the
position of highest load/temperature.
(i)
Balancing of Axial Thrust

(i)
The axial thrust of the rotor shall be balanced by a device of the drum pe.
(ii)
Piping associated with the pump balance water shal1 be supplied and installed.
(iii) Any residual axial thrust shall be accommodated by an extemal oil-lubricated

tilting-pad thrust bearing. This thrust shallleave the rotor shaft in tension at all
tInes to prevent shuttling of the rotor assembly and also to avoid the
instability of the lateral defections involved with compressive loading of the
shaft.
(iv) The thrust bearing shall be sized to have adequate capacity for an conceivable
operating conditions (including reverse running) , taking due account of wear
of pump intemals during the maintenance life of the pump.
(v)
Altemative methods ofaxial balancing (e.g. by arranging the impellrs m

equally opposed groups) may be considered but the complexity ofthe system
4-2-113
must be kept to a minimum.
,::;_,(
ry"\.....
!! It,I N\';
t
';;' j-j l:
Rapid Replacement of Pump Cartridge
/I~~
1.
(i)
The presse stage pump inner cartridge shall be removable in one blocY
without the need for disconnection of discharge and suction pipework, or
disturbance of the driver unit.
(ii) The pumps sh1 be designed such that pump cartridge can be replaced quickly.
During the replacement work, the sha:ft shall be securely fixed without any
free rotation (i.e. some device shall be applicable to secure shaft seizure, etc.).
(iii)
All
spec
1alized cartridge withdrawal
Contractor.
equ
11pmnt
shall be
prm1
(k) Base Plate

(i)
A common base plates of heavy, fabricated structural steel , providing a

continuous rigid support for the pump, fluid coupling and motor shall be
furnished.
(ii) The plates shall be capable of supporting the weight and reactions of the pump,
fluid coupling, piping and motor.
4.2.9 .4.2 Booster Pumps
"
(a)
General
(i)
M-BFP booster pump shall be directly driven by the electric motor.
(ii)
T-BFP booster pump shall be driven by the boiler feed pump turbine through
speed reduction gear.
(iii) Booter pumps shall be of a horizontal centrifugal type supported in such a

manner as to permit free expansion both axially and radially for maintaining
alignment.
(iv) Each pump shall be mounted on a rigid cast iron or fabricated steel base plate,
provided with suitable means of drainage.
4-2-114

(v)
The booster pump shall be designed to accommodate the minimum available

NPSH , without cavitation or flashing under any operating conditions.
(vi) A detailed study of the NPSH available shall be included in the Contract.
NPSH available by the booster pump, under steady state, transient and upset
conditions with the plant configuration, pework aangement and pump
proposed shall be studied.
(vii) The Contractor shall submit to EVN a report briefly summarizing the work
caied out on this topic , and including statements of the NPSH available
under steady state conditions, and during NPSH transients following full
turbine load r ection at normal deaerator water level, and at low level with
the NPSH figures available to the booster pumps under these conditions with
the requirements of the pumps.
(viii) It is envisaged that the booster pumps will be of a double
minimize the NPSH requirements ofthe booster pump.
(b)
entr
type to
Casing
(i)
The casing shall be designed to withstand the maximum working pressure to

which it can be subjected, and any possible thermal shocks.
(ii)
Any special tools or equipment required for the correct tightening of the
casing bolts shall be provided.

(c)
Rotor
(i)
The rotor shaft shall be of forged stainless steel and the inspection procedures
to ensure soundness and homogeneity shall be stated in the Bid, together with
the material specification and proposed thermal treatment to minimize
distortion during manufacture and in service.
(ii)
The shaft shall be forged in one piece, and where changes in radius occur
along the shaft, generous fillet radii shall be provided.
(iii) Impellers shall be fitted on the shaft in such a manner as to be readily

removable.
(iv) Each impeller shall be balanced individually and the entire rotor assembly
4-2-115

shalI be statica lIy and dynamica lIy balanced.
(d)
Shaft Sealing
(i)
Shaft sealing shalI be of mechanical seal type.
(ii)
The temperature in the region ofthe glands should be reduced by means ofa
cooling annulus around the stung box, or similar alternative.
(iii) For the evnt of failure of the cooling supply, the packing shall b selected to
suit the resulting high temperature operation.
(iv) To prevent emission of steam from the glands, a water quench connection
shall be provided and supplied from the gland sealing system associated with
the booster pump.
(v)
Void
(vi) The glands or seals shalI be designed such that leakage will not occur when
the pump is stationa.
(vii) If offered, the mechanical seal cooling system shall be of a similar
specification as the pressure stage pumps, as laid out in Clause 4.2.9 .4 .1 (d).
(viii) Full details of the mechanical seal maintenance and inspection procedures
shalI be included in the Bid in accordance with Clause 4 .2 .9 .4.1 (d).
(e)
Impe lI er
(i)
(f)
The impe lI er shall be made of stainless stee l.
Bearing
(i)
The booster pump bearing shall preferably be in accordance with the Main
Feed Pump bearing.
(ii)
A thrust bearing shall be incorporated on the rotor shaft.
4-2-116
4.2.9 .4 .3 Minimum Flow and Warming

(a)
General
(i)
The pump shall be provided, at its discharge , with an automatically operated

minimum flow valve to prevent overheating in the pump. The minimum flow
shaIl be retumed to the deaerator feedwater storage tank.
(ii)
A warming line shall also be provided for pump warming during sta.'1 d-by.
(iii) The minimum flow equipment shaIl be designed to operate with minimum
noise and vibration.
(iv) The minimum flow valves shalI be of air powered diaphragm type and
aanged to fail open upon ilure of either air or electrical supply. The valves
shaIl remain closed when the pump is stationary.
(v)
A pressure and velocity reducing device shaIl be supplied with each minimum
flow valve in series. lis shall be of the axial flow pe incorporating a series
of orifice baft1 e plates aanged axially.
(vi) In addition, a pressure reducing orifice shall be installed in each minimum

flow line near to the deaerator feedwater storage tank. This orifice shall
prevent flashing in the minimum flow line after leaving the main pressure
reducing vessel.
(vii) The minimum flow system shaIl be amply sized. Flashing or the generation of
steam in the system is not acceptable.
(viii) In any case the minimum flow system capacity shalI be not less than 25% of
the pump design f1ow.
(b)
Minimum Flow Control System

(i)
The f10w through the pump shaIl be measured by means of an orifice plate
positioned in the cross-over pipe between the booster and main feed pumps.
(ii)
The minimum f1 0w valve shaIl be automaticaIly opened when the f1 0w fa lI s

below a predetermined value.
4-2-117
(iii) The control system shaIl also generate appropriate alarm signals, indicating
for example, failure of a minimum flow valve, or of the primary flow
measurement ntiation system.
(iv) These alarms shall be displayed in the central control room.
4.2.9 .4.4 Fluid Coupling
(a)
General
(i)
The fluid coupling shall be provided for motor driven boiler feed pump by a
reputable manufacturer who has extensive experience and delivery records on
power stations of similar size.
(ii)
le
variable speed fluid coupling and gearbox shall be combined in a single

casing with sump and integral lubricating oil system. The latter shall provide
an adequate supply oflubricating oil to the booster and main feed pumps, their
driving motor and the fluid couplin g/gearbox.
(iii) The unit shall be rated for continuous operation at full speed and maximum
motor shaft power to the main pump.
(iv) The unit shall also be capable of continuous operation at any pump speed from
30% to 100% ofmaximum speed.
(v)
It shall also accept reverse rotation at speeds and loads determined by the
pump design.
(vi) The internal bearing aangement should be such that no external hydraulic
thrust is created by the fluid coupling.
(b)
Fluid Coupling Scoop Control

(i)
The output speed of the coupling shall be varied by means of a scoop tube
system , preferably driven by a hydraulic servo-positioner which is integral
with the fluid coupling and powered by the lubricating oil system.
(ii)
The aangements for the scoop tube position input should preferably
incorporate design features which achieve a reasonably linear characteristic of
4-2-118
position input versus pump output. Th ese features should be described in the
Bid.
(iii) The scoop tube actuator shall be designed to retain a fixed position
corresponding to the speed when failure occurs.
(iv) Fluid coupling scoop control signal generated by the control system in a
suitable form (i.e. 4-20 mA or 1-5 V) will be transmitted to the f1 uid coupling
scoop control pane l.
(v)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Feed back signals of BFP speed also shall be generated in the suitable form
and be transmitted to the control system.
Shaft and Gear

(i)
AlI shafts and gears shall be in accordance with API Standard 613 or
equivalent.
(ii)
Shaft glands shall be effectively sealed to prevent the ingress offoreign mattr
and the egress of oi 1.
Casing
(i)
The casing for the unit shall be split horizontally so that gear and coupling
internal assemblies can be removed without disturbing the bottom half of the
case and the oil sump or the removal ofparts ofthe lubricating oil circuit.
(ii)
The rotating parts shall be designed so as to ensure replacing rapidly, and

re-alignment of a replaced rotating assembly, where necessary, shall be
accomplished by adjustrnent ofbearing pedestals within the coupling case.
Mounting Arrangement
(i)
The unit shall be rigidly supported on steel sole plates and shall be securely
anchored to the concrete foundations.
(ii)
DetaiIs shall be included in the Bid of any subsurface excavation of the

concrete foundations required to provide adequate clearance for the f1 uid
couplin g/gearbox sump.
4-2-119
4.2.9 .4 .5 Lubrication System for Motor Driven Boiler Feed Pump
This Clause covers lubrication system for motor driven boiler feed pump.
Lubrication oil to each turbine driven boiler feed pump is supplied from
pump turbine. See Clause 4 .2 .9 .4 .6.
(a)
i boilr
feed
General
(i)
A forced feed lubrication system shall be provided for the combined fluid
coupling and gearbox for each complete pump set.
(ii)
The lubrication system for pump and motor should be separate from the
coupling working oil circuit but the same oil shall be used for both.
(iii) Each circuit should have
i O
cooler.
(iv) Oil shall be continuously supplied to all pumps and motor bearings when the
feed pump set is in service, including when stand-by available for operation.
(v)
The oil system for unit shall comprise at least the following equipment:i.
One (1) main oil pump, mechanically driven by the gearbox input shaft
ii.
One (1) startinglstandby AC motor driven auxiliary pump
iii.
One (1) 100% capacity lubricating oil cooler
iv.
One (1) 100% capacity coupling working oil cooler
v.
Full f1 0w two (2) x 100% oil filters piped downstream of the lubricating
oil cooler and Tanged in parallel utilizing a continuous f1 0w transfer
valve
The Bid shall include provision for an alm to sound when high
pressur differences exist across the filter. Isolation protection shall be
provided to ensure that the service filter cannot be opened for inspection
inadvertently.
vi.
All necessary pipework, valves, fittings , additional filters , temporary
4-2-120

flushing strainers
vii.
(b)
one (1) oil sump integral with the fluid couplin g/gearbox
Oil Sump
(i)
The oil sump shall be of approved construction and of such a design and
capacity that there will be no excessive aeration or turbulence of oil during
circulation.
(ii)
Adequate venting of the sump shall be provided.
(i ii) The filling connection shall be so placed as to allow easy topping-up ofthe oil
reservoir while a portable purifier unit is operating.

(iv) A drainage point with two lockable drainage valves in series, connections for a
portable oil purifier, and an oillevel indicator shall be provided.
(v)
(c)
The oiI sump shall be capable ofrunning a portable purifier with the oil at the
nonnal level in the reservoir. The circulation t m e of the contents of the
reservoir should be sufficient for safe and reliable operation.
Oil Coolers
(i)
The oil coolers shall be the separately mounted, self-contained type coolers
aanged integral with the oil sump are not acceptable.
(ii)
The coolers shaIl take demineralized water from the

system in accordance with Clause 4.2 .4.
auxilia
cooling water
(iii) The oil cooler shall be of tubular type with cing water passing throu the
tube inside, and the lubricating oil through the shell side.
(iv) The materials and construction ofthe cooler tubes , tube plates and the cooler
waterboxes shall be suitable for auxiliary cooling water.
(v)
The cooler waterboxes shall be of ductile cast iron or fabricated steel lined
with neoprne rubber at least 3 mm thick.
(v) The hghest point of each waterbox shaIl be supplied with a connection for
4-2-121

pnmmg.
(vii) An expansion relief valve (if necessary) and drain valve shall be provided
with pipework leading to the nearest convenient drain trench.
(viii) The coolers shall be supported such that the waterboxes can be removed
without difficulty, and adequate access to the tube plates shall be available.
(ix) The waterbox connections shall be aanged such that tubes can be cleaned
without breaking any oil or water pipe joints and the tube bundle shall be able
to withdraw without breaking any parts except the water joints to the
waterboxes.
(x)
Cooler covers shall be fitted with adequate tube bundle withdrawal facilities ,
and lifting lugs shaIl also be provided for lifting ofthe coolers in place.
(xi)
(d)
(i)
The main oil pump shall be fluid coupling shaft driven or boiler feed pump
shaft driven, self-priming and shall satisfy the combined lubrication
requirements ofthe feed pumps, fluid coupling/gearbox and mor.
(ii)
AdditionalIy an AC motor driven auxiliary oil pump shall be provided. This

pump shalI also be self-priming and shall be rated to provide an adequate
supply oflubricating oil to all bearings prior to and during starting-up and shut
down.
(iii) The auxiliary oil pump stop and start initiation shall be accomplished by the
provision of pressure switches.
(iv) The auxiliary oil pump shall be arranged to cut out as soon as the main oil
pump sustains the required oil pressure in order to avoid hunting between the
pumps.
(v)
Provisions shall be included to enable the auxiliary oil pump to sta as soon as
it is necessa. A non-retum valve shall be installed in the oilline immediately
after the shaft pump as necessary to prevent reverse flow of oiI under these
4-2-122
o MON THERMAL PO.'ERPLANT

conditions.
(vi) The lubrication system shall be designed to function satisfactorily with both
the main and auxi Iiary Iubricating oiI pumps running together.
(vii) Provision shaIl be made for starting ofthe aux iIi ary oil pump for test purposes.
(viii) The auxiliary oil pump and its motor shall be capable of starting and running
with cold oi l.
(e)
Lubricating Oil Pipework, Filters and Valves (For both T-BFP and M-BFP)
(i)
Provision shall be made for the collection and detection of any leaking oi l.
(ii)
Details ofthe o iI leakage guard system shall be proposed in the Bid.
(iii) Pipework may be constructed with socket weld type fittings subject to
approval by EVN of welding and non-destructive testing procedures.
Compression pe fittings will not be accepted on oil systems.
(iv) Sight f1 0w boxes shaIl be provided on all retum oil pipes from each bearing
and shall be located adjacent to each bearing pedestaI and shall be clearly
visible.
(v)
The boxes shall be fitted with toughened glass. They shall be designed such
that oil splash does not occur, and that good vision within the box is
maintained at all times.
(vi) The boxes should preferably have a V-notch weir or other facility to show
normal f1 ow.
(vii) The cast iron components for valves , strainer bodies and other piping
accessories is not permitted.
(viii) A duplex oil filter shall be provided on the combined discharge from the
lubricating oil pumps downstream ofthe oil cooler on each feed pump set.
(ix) Only one filter shaIl be in use at any time , and each filter shall be capable of
passing the fu Il oiI f1 ow.
4-2-123

(x)
A differential pressure gauge with alarm contacts shall be provided to indicate
the need for changing over to the stand-by filter.

(xi) Filter shall be able to replaced without shutting down the lubrication system.
(xii) Where the oil circuit includes a potential route back to the sump without
passing through the bearings, (e.g. the relief circuit to avoid over-pressuring),
the Bidder shall confirm that failure ofthe return line will not affect the boiler
feed pump operation.
(f)
Lubricating Oil Flushing and Temporary Strainers (For both T-BFP and M-BFP)
(i)
The entire lubricating oil system shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed
by-passing the bearings to obtain a clean system.
(ii)
Permanent strainer bodies with replaceable strainer baskets shall be installed

before each bearing and elsewhere as required for this purpose. The strainer
bodies shall be installed such that strainer basket mesh size can be readily
changed to suit the particular flushing operation.
(iii) Provision shall be made to achieve the maximum cleaning effect during oil
flushing by way of air injection and thermal cycling.
(iv) A satisfacto state of cleanliness shall be confirmed by monitoring pressure
drop across the temporary strainers.
4.2.9 .4 .6 Boiler Feed Pump Turbines (BFP-T)
(a) The boiler feed pump turbines (hereinafter, abbreviated as BFP-T) shall be operated
on automatic control over the whole operating range. Turbine trip speed shall be 10%
higher than the greater one ofthe speed required at the BFP guarantee point and the speed
required at one BFP run-out f1 0w condition to avoid spurious trips. The BFP-T sha l1 be
equal in service life to the main turbine.
(b) The BFP-T shall have dual admission with separate steam inlets so that the turbine
can be supplied with steam either from main steam line or from main turbine steam
extraction, and the two steam sources are isolated from each other with automatic
selection and control ofboth inlet steam sources by the turbine valve gear as required to
meet power requirement. The system also shall be so designed that the steam from
auxiliary steam header can be utilized to drive the turbine during unit sta up.
4-2-124
(c) The maximum operating efficiency of the BFP-T shall be at 100% RO with the
driving turbines utilizing low pressure steam from the main turbine extraction steam. The
BFP-T shall be capable of providing the required brake horsepower utilizing low pressure
steam from the main turbine extraction steam down to low load as practical. The Bidder
shall state the minimum load cutoff point. Each BFP-T shall also be capable of operating
on high pressure main steam admission to carry load ofT-BFP to low pressure extraction
steam cutoff point.
(d) The BFP-T shall be designed for all possible variations ofextraction steam and main
steam in pressure and temperature that can be seen at the turbine inlets.
(e) The BFP-T construction shall permit unlimited fast acceleration from zero load and
speed to rated operating conditions, without requiring temperatures, expansion
differentials , etc. to be monitored. Drive turbine shall be fitted throughout with renewable
wearng parts.
(f) The BFPT casing shall be ofhorizontally split type for ease of maintenance. The stop
valves shall be directly connected to the steam chest or interconnecting piping shall be
provided. Goveming valve chest and BFPT casing shall be made as an integral as far as
possible.
(g) The BFP-T shall be designed to be capable of operating under any steam condition
without damages such as erosion to keep BFP-T operation without alarm and trip.
Blading in the wet region shall be stellited or to be strenhened. Other parts ofthe turbine
which are susceptible to erosion shall be protected.
(h) The stop valves for both normal pressure and high pressure connection shall have
permannt stainless steel sleeve type steam strainers and temporary wrap-around fine
mesh screen start-up strainers which are removable without disturbing steam inlet piping.
(i) The BFP-T joumal barings shal1 be of self-aligning horizontally split type and
aanged for forced lubrication.
(j) The BFP-T thrust bearing shall endure any thrust continuously at any combined
operating condition. The thrust bearing shall be sized to take turbine and coupling thrust.
The Contractor shall provide wear detector for thrust bearing which shall trip
automatically on excessive rotor movement in either direction.
(k) The white metal of each journal bearing and pads of the thrust bearing shall be
4-2-125
o MONTHERMALPOWER PLANT
provided with temperature elements for alarm contacts and remote indication. These
temprature elements shall be positioned so as to nsure a quick response in detecting
abnormal changes in metal temperature.
(1) Temperature indicator shall be provided for the retum oil from each bearing.
(m) le BFP-T shall be designed , constructed and balanced statically and dynamically
so that the double amplitude of vibration displacement of the rotor at the bearings at all
normal operating speds and loads shall not exceed 0.02 mm on the pedestal.
(0) The BFP-T gland sealing steam supply shall be taken from the main turbine steam
seal system. Steam seal system ofthe BFP-T shall meet requirement for maximum BFP-T
seal clearances. The gland steam condenser and gland sten exhauster fans fumished
with the main turbine shall have capacity to meet the requirements of the BFP-Ts.
(P) Lubricating oil system

(i) Each turbine drivn boiler feed pump unit (turbine and pump) shall have a
single lubrication system common to the BFP-T and T-BFP.
(ii) The BFP-T oil supply unit may be common to lubricating oil system and control
oil system and lubricating oil may be used as control oil.
(iii)A separate high pressure fire resistant control oil system, if such is the Bidder s
well proven standard practice, to meet turbine control system requirements as
specified, could be provided and shall be complete with oil pumps, oil coolers,
oil tank, filters , accumulators , control and instrumentations , interconnecting
piping and accessories.
(iv) The common lubricating and control oil supply unit shall include the following :
i. Two (2) full capacity main oil pumps complete with driving AC motors. Each
oil pump shall deliver a quantity of oil required for turbine lubricating and
4-2-126
oil pump shall deliver a quantity of oil required for turbine lubricating and
control and its connected boiler feed pump during normal , turning , stt-up and
shutdown operation.
ii. One (1) emergency oil pump complete with driving DC motor. The
emergency oil pump shall be sized to provide oil for safe shut down ofboth the
BFP-T and turbine driven boilrfeedpump.
iii. Two (2) full capacity oil coolers. Each oil cooler shall be designed for
maximum duty of the BFP-T and turbine driven boiler feed pump at design
cooling water f1 0w and maximum cooling water inlet temperature. The tube
bundle of the cooler shall be removable. A transfer valve shall be provided so
that the operation can be switched from one cooler to the other without
interruption of oil supply to the turbine and one tube bundle can be rmoved
while the other is in service.
iv. A BFP-T oil tank with a vapor extractor and its AC motor drive , an oillevel
indicator and low level alarm.
v. Twin full capacity oil filters with a transfer valve for facilitating the change
over from one filter to the other without interruption of oil supply to the turbine
so that one filter cartridge can be replaced while the other is in service.
vi. An oil transfer pump with driving AC motor, as necessy
vii. All interconnecting piping
viii.All controls and
insumentation
ix. Oil feed pressure regulating device

(v) Main oil pump shall be of AC motor driven type. Main oil pump driven by the
turbine shaft can be adopted if it is the Bidder s standard design and well
proven by successful operation. A separate AC motor driven stand by oil
pump offull capacity and pressure , which is suitable for continuous operation,
shall be fumished.
(vi) The oil tank shall have a sloped bottom and oil tight access door for interior
inspection and cleaning. The oil tank with top mounted equipment shall have
sufficient rigidity to avoid sagging and vibration. The capacity of oil tank
4-2-127
o MON TlIERMAL POWER PLANT
shall be such that the number of complete oil changes per hour does not
exceed ten (10).
(vii) The lubricating oil system shall be designed and sized to permit safe
shutdoWll f the unit on loss of AC power with no cooling water to the oil
coolers.
(viii)The BFP-T oil pressurized piping in high temperature zones where pipe
failure could result in ignition of the oil shall be contained within a guar
or enclosd within an oil-tight housing where drain is lead to the oil t
prevent oil from burning at piping failure.
l
(x)
The BFP-T oil tank shall permit periodic draining to the existing dirty oil
storage tank and refilling from the existing clean oil storage tank.
(xi) Oil purifier of main turbine lubricating oil system will be used to purify
lubricating oil of BFP-T.
(q) BFP-T elaust system
(
i)
Exhaust
s ys
t
emo
fe
achBF
P- T will connect the

st
eamela
usto
fBF
P-T
-T
inlet
0 f the condenser separately.
(ii) Each exhaust system shall be of pressure balanced" design, arranged to

accommodate thermal expansion or other designated movements and to
withstand full vacuum.
(iii) All changes in direction of the BFP-T exhaust flow shall be accomplished by
smooth or mitered elbows.
(iv) Each BFP-T exhaust system shall be of welded construction, except where
flanges have to be used for butterfly valve , or for maintenance purposs.
(v) The bellows sections of each expansion in the steam flow path shall be
protected by liner or sleeves.
4-2-128
(vi) A manhole cover shall be provided with hinges and handle for ease of opening,
and shall be designed for vacuum tight closure.
(vii)A rupture disk shall be provided to prevent over pressure ofthe BFP-T exhaust
casing. A connection for rupture disk shall be provided on exhaust duct or pipe if
a rupture disk is not mounted on the BFP-T exhaust casing.
(viii) If tuming vanes are required by the exhaust system to meet pressure drop
limitations, they shall be sized and spaced to avoid resonant vibration
frequencies.
(ix) BFP-T elaust expansion joint bellows and liner sleeves shall be of stainless
stee l. All bellows shall be provided with detachable protective covers with
closed ends.
(r) BFP-T control and protection system
(i) Each BFP-T shall be equipped with a digital electric control system which shall
operate on a signal from the feedwater control system to va the flow of steam
to the BFP-T in order to match the output of the BFP-T and its driven boiler feed
pump to the requirements of the feedwater system. le govemor shall be an
electric govemor, utilizing redundant speed sensors with a minimum of 20: 1
speed range from 5% rated speed to rated speed. The goveming system shall
have capability of freezing on last feedwater signal if loss of signal occurs.
(ii) The BFP-T goveming valves shall be arranged for automatic sequence of
opening and closing under control of the feedwater control signal without
manual adjustment of any component in the system utilizing lower pressure
steam to the maximum practical extent. The goveming valves shall also provide
a function for control ofthe steam flow into the turbine while starting the uni t.
(iii) The BFP-T governing system shall have rdundancy in sped pickups and
power supplies. The control system shall have a speed holding accuracy of
0.1 % and a speed setting accuracy of 0.1 %. The goveming system shall also
has a function as a pre-emergency govemor to limit speed to a safe value below
tripping speed.
(i v) A BFP-T control system for remote control shall be provided which shall be
capable ofbringing the BFP-T from a standstill to the minimum speed required
by the govemor operating range. The system shall also be capable of remotely
4-2-129
controlling the turbine in the specified operating range , should the primary
system be out of service. This system shall be capable of overriding the primary
system. The Bidder shall include a detail description of the BFP-T control
system.
(v) BFP-T shall be equipped with a electrical overspeed trip device. A Mechanical
emergency overspeed trip device separate from the speed goveming system
shall be provided in addition to electrical one. The mechanical emergency
overspeed trip device shall trip the BFP-T stop and goveming valves at 10%
overspeed. It shall have provisions for on load testing at any speed while
i. Remotely operated solenoid trip and reset device arranged to deenergize to

trip" for turbine trip system.
ii. Thrust bearing wear alarm and trip device
ii i. Bearing oil pressure switch for low pressure alarm and trip
iv. Low vacuum alarm switch

v. Exhaust casing temperature switch for high temperature alarm and trip
vi. Local trip button
(vii) The BFP-T shall be providd with full set of cornplete turbine supervisory
instruments including the following: oil pressure gauges, oil temperature
gauges, speed indicators, X- Y dual plain vibration detectors, axial displacement
detectors and eccentricity detectors in the Contractor s standard supervisory
instrument package.
(viii) The driving motor of tuming gear shall be provided with an electrical
interlock which prevents tuming gear motor from starting when oil pump is not
running. A zero speed device shall be provided for automatic operation of
4-2-130
o MON THERMAL PO IERPLANT
turning gear. An overriding clutch or other means shall be provided to trip out
the turning gear on increase in turbine speed. A limit switch shall be provided to
indicate engagement status remotely. The Contractor shall indicate whether the
low speed switch is actuated by electric or hydraulic.
(ix) The BFP-T speed control is in DCS of feedwater control system. Normal
fedwater control use three (3) elements: boiler drum level , feedwater f1 0w and
main steam f1 ow. Single element of boiler drum level is used during stt up.
Sufficient information shall be included in the proposal, such as control signal
type , range , turn down ratio , start up and emergency operation.
4.2.9 .4 .7 BFP Discharge Non-Return Valves
(a) A non-return valve of approved design and manufacture shall be fitted in the
discharge line of each main feed pump.
(b) The non-return valve shall be designed such as to avoid chatter at low f1 ows, and
shall take into consideration that the admission of small solid particles into the valve shall
not prevent it from functioning correctly.
(c) le valve shall close freely with reduction in f1 0w within the time taken for the
pump to stop feeding after being tripped. The closing time of the valve (defined as the
free fall time ofthe valve in water) shall be stated in the Bid and shall be not more than
one (1) second.
(d)
A positive stop shall be provided to limit the maximum opening of the valve.
(e) Any sliding surfaces such as hinge bearing of disk shall be either of
impact/corrosion resistant materials or protected by an adequate hardening. Copper based
alloys are not permitted. The contact surfaces shall not be distorted by impact when the
valve quickly opens to the full opening stop.
(f) The valve shall be designed to permit the inspection or servicing of the valve
internals without removing the valve from the pipeline.
4.2.9 .4 .8 Suction and Discharge Isolating Valves
(a) The suction and discharge isolating valves shall be provided with motorized
actuators, and the suction valve shall have locking facilities to prevent inadvertent
closure.
4-2-131
o MON THERMAL PO IERPLANT
turning gear. An overriding clutch or other means shall be provided to trip out
the turning gear on increase in turbine speed. A limit switch shall be provided to
indicate engagement status remotely. The Contractor shall indicate whether the
low speed switch is actuated by electric or hydraulic.
(ix) The BFP-T speed control is in DCS of feedwater control system. Normal
fedwater control use three (3) elements: boiler drum level , feedwater f1 0w and
main steam f1 ow. Single element of boiler drum level is used during stt up.
Sufficient information shall be included in the proposal, such as control signal
type , range , turn down ratio , start up and emergency operation.
4.2.9 .4 .7 BFP Discharge Non-Return Valves
(a) A non-return valve of approved design and manufacture shall be fitted in the
discharge line of each main feed pump.
(b) The non-return valve shall be designed such as to avoid chatter at low f1 ows, and
shall take into consideration that the admission of small solid particles into the valve shall
not prevent it from functioning correctly.
(c) le valve shall close freely with reduction in f1 0w within the time taken for the
pump to stop feeding after being tripped. The closing time of the valve (defined as the
free fall time ofthe valve in water) shall be stated in the Bid and shall be not more than
one (1) second.
(d)
A positive stop shall be provided to limit the maximum opening of the valve.
(e) Any sliding surfaces such as hinge bearing of disk shall be either of
impact/corrosion resistant materials or protected by an adequate hardening. Copper based
alloys are not permitted. The contact surfaces shall not be distorted by impact when the
valve quickly opens to the full opening stop.
(f) The valve shall be designed to permit the inspection or servicing of the valve
internals without removing the valve from the pipeline.
4.2.9 .4 .8 Suction and Discharge Isolating Valves
(a) The suction and discharge isolating valves shall be provided with motorized
actuators, and the suction valve shall have locking facilities to prevent inadvertent
closure.
4-2-131
(b) Suction and discharge isolating valves shall be fitted with by-pass connections
which incorporate motorized by-pass valves, should the Contractor s design require so.
(c) The main and by-pass valve actuators shall be interlocked to ensure the by-pass
valve opening before the main valve.
(d) Control of both the by-pass and main valves shall provide for an "inching" facility
G
in the opening direction.
:T-
" T '1':'./'
4.2.9 .4 .9 Suction Li ne ReliefValves

(a) A reliefvalve shall be provided for each pump to protect the suction line,
and booster pump from over-pressurization.
'w
(b) This relief valve shall be suitably rated to protect these items from operating
incidents such as:
(i)
inadvertent closure of the feed pump suction valve when the pump is stopped
but the casing warming connection is in service.
(ii)
leakage due to a defective discharge non-return valve.
4.2.9 .4.1 0 Suction Strainers

(a) An automatic self-cleaning strainer shall be installed at the booster pump suction of
each feed pump.
(b) The strainer shaIl be designed and sized so as to minimize the pressure drop across it
and, at the same time , effectively remove from the feedwater any foreign matter.
(c) The strainer lemnt shall be made of stainlss steel and should preferably b ofa
mesh size having hole openings not bigger than 0.2 mm (0.008 in) across.
(d) The strainer elements shall be easily replaceable and their design shall provide for
alternative mesh sizes to be used , if required.
It is anticipated that the self-cleaning action will be achieved by a back-flushing
aangement which , at any one time , produces reverse flow across a small area of the
strainer element while the remainder of the element continuous in normal service.
(e)
4-2-132
1ft ~~z
""Jd(.
l ?C
.~ ~ Vtk jf
strainei:{~; / I
Altemative automatic self-cleaning types may be offered.
(f) At full f1 ow, with the strainer elements in clean condition, the pressure drop across
the strainer shall not exceed 0.01 MPa.
The strainer shall be arranged to back f1ush automatically when the pressure
diffrential across it rises by an appropriate amount. Back f1 ushing must be able to be
initiated manually as wel l.
(g)
(h) An independent high differential pressure alarm shall also be fitted on the suction
stramers.
(i) An internal bearings shall be protcted from ingress of foreign matter and water by
seals.
G) Where intemal components rotate with small clearances , they shall be protected by
a sealing system to prevent access of solid particles that could cause seizure. This applies
in particular to rotating back f1 ush collector arms.
(k) The mechanical cleaner shall be able to be operated manually in the event of powr
failure.
4 .2 .9 .4 .11 Control and Instrumentation
The Contractor shall provide the complete control and instrumentation for the pumps,
drives , and accessories , including local gauges , valves , tubing , mountings , thermocouples ,
etc. referring to provisions in Volume 7.
4.2.9 .4 .12 Electric Motor
(a)
General
(i)
General tchnical requirements for motor are specified in Volume 2 and all
motors shall comply with these requirements as applicable.
(ii)
This part of the Specification refers only to the particular technical

requirements for the boiler feed pump driving motor.
(iii) The motor shall be suitable for continuous operation for long periods without
adjustment or attention, for starting up or shutting down daily, and also for
4-2-133
(iv)
/
.,/
(i)
(ii)
(d)
i.
Maximum flow possible with one pump operating alone at maximum

speed, with maximum power supply frequency.
ii.
Operation at rated pump flow at maximum pump speed and pumping

cold water.
The rating of the motor as above shall be derived from the pump
characteristic.
Voltage
The
(e)
The motor~ shall be continuous rating and shall be sized to have a margin as
referenced in Volume 2. It is anticipated this condition is associated with one
ofthe following duties , whichever requires the greater power consumption:
moto
shall be designed to operate 6.6kV.
Motor Starting and Torque

(i)
The Bidder shall provide a torque/speed curve for the motor super-imposed on
th anticipated torque speed curve for the pump when starting under the most
arduous condition (including fluid coupling speed control at maximum
setting).
(ii)
The starting times ofthe motor shall be as short as possible consistent with the
specified starting requirements.
(iii) The Bidder shall provide details of starting times anticipated for the various
specified operating modes and for the specified frequency and voltage ranges.
4-2-134
(iv) The starting current ofthe motor shal1 be limited to 5 times fullload current.
(f)
Reverse Rotation
The motor shall be fully capable of running in reverse at the maximum speed
attainable as referred to in Clause 4.2.9.3.
4-2- l3 5

4.2.10 Condensate Storage System
4.2 .1 0.1 General
The condensate storage system shall be generally as indicated on the relevant Bid
Drawings and shall include the following , but not be limited to:
(a) One (1) vertical cylindrical type condensate storage tank with effective storage
capacity ofat least 300 m 3 ofwater
(b) One (1) condensate transfer pump complete with driving motor, coupling and
guards
(c)
Complete pipework system including valves and supports
(a) The system shall provide storage capacity for the quantities of clean feedwater, at
least equal to the cold water capacity of the boiler, for use as make-up to meet surge and
emergency requirements and to provide for boiler sta-up requirements.
(b) During normal operation, the system shall supply demineralised water to the
condenser hot well and shall accept excess condensate when the hot well level is high.
(c) The system shall also be used for the initial filling of the feedwater system through
the condenser hot wel l. It shall also be used for boiler filling and feeding during start-up
and initial firing period.
4.2.10 .3 Tank
(a) The condensate storage tank shall be of all welded construction , fabricated in
accordance with API 650 including appendix E and shaIl be supplied and assembled
complete with pipe connections and manholes.
(b) The condensate storage tank shall have an effective capacity equal to the f1 00ded
cold water capacity ofthe boiler. Tank effective capacity shall be not less than 300 m3 .
4-2-136

(c)
The plate thickness ofthe tank shell, roofand bottom shall be not less than 6.5 mm.
(d) The shell seams shall be so positioned that they do not pass through nozzle
connectlOns.
(e) Vessels having two or more sections shall have their vertical seams offet. Inside
seam welds shall be ground smoothly for application of the internal protective coating.
(f) The tank shall be internally coated with an epoxy paint. Materials and method of
application shall be subject to the approval of EVN
(g) The outside surface of each tank shall be prepared and painted in accordance with
Volume 2.
(h) Prior to internal painting, the tank shall be tested by the Contractor in accordance
with the requirements of API 650 paragraphs 5.3.
(i) Th e tank atmospheric vent shall be fitted with an air filter of a replaceable type to
filter out atmospheric dust down to one (1) micron in size with a suitable area for
maximum tank filling or draining rates.
(j) The tank shall be supplied with access ladders and platforms, as necessary and with
guard rails around the tank roof.
(k) The tank shall be provided with two (2) manholes, one (1) manhole shall be located
on the tank top and the other on the tank she lI near the base.
(1) The tank wilI be instalIed near the existing condensate storage tank of Unit No .l,
which has the same nominal capacity as that of Unit NO.2 (300 m3 ) , as shown on
Drawing No. OM2G-I008 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AROUND POWER BLOCK
in Volume 11.
(m) The configuration and dimensions of existing condensate storage tank ofUnit NO.l
are as fo lI ows :
(i) Outside diameter
(ii) Height of cylindrical part
7766 mm
8400 mm (strait portion)
The tank ofUnit NO.2 is preferably similar to that ofUnit No. l.
4-2-137
(n) As for terminal point of piping near the condensate storage tank of Unit NO.2 at
discharge line from exiting deminarelized water transfer pumps, see Drawing Nos.
OM2T-1001 FLOW DIAGRAM OF STEAM, FEEDWATER AND CONDENSATE and
OM2G-I006 TERMINALPOINT LIST in Volume 11 (TP-M102-1).
4.2.10 .4 Condensate Transfer Pumo
(a) The condensate transfer pump shall be of a standard centrifugal preferably single
stage design with vertically or horizontally split casing, mechanical seal or water cooled
and sealed packed gland, complete with base plate for pump and motor.
(b) The pump shall be capable of filling the boiler in not more than two (2) hours and
shall be suitable for feeding the boiler, at low f1 0w rates during start-up until a boiler drum
pressure ofO.7 MPa(g) is reached, at a f1 0w rate not less than 15% ofboiler evaporation.
(d)
Principal materials of construction for the pump shall be:

(i) Casing
(ii) Impeller
(iii) Shaft
Stainless steel casting

Stainless steel
Stainless steel
(e) The condensate transfer pump for Unit No .2 shall be installed in parallel with the
existing condensate transfer pump ofUnit NO.l.
(f) The condensate transfer pump for Unit No .2 shall take suction from condensate
storage tank ofUnit NO.2.
(g) Unit NO.2 condensate transfer pump also be
condensate transfer pump, and vice versa.
usd
as stand-by pump for Unit NO.l
(h) The condensate transfer pump for Unit NO.2 shall be capable of operating in parallel
with existing Unit NO.l condensate transfer pump. The specifications and characteristics
of existing Unit NO.l condensate transfer pump are as follows.
(i) Total head
55 mAq
4-2-138

(ii) Capacity
245 m3 /h
(iii) Speed
1475 rpm
(iv) Motor output
75 k W
(v) Shut offhead
62 mAq
(i) See DrawingNos. OM2T-I001 FLOW DIAGRAM OF STEAM, FEEDWATERAND

CONDENSATE and OM2G-I006 TERMINAL POINT LIST in Volum 11
(TP-MI02-2).
4.2.11 Void
4.2.12 Void
4-2-139
4.2.13 Fire Fighting System

4 .2 .13.1
(a)
General
This specification covers the fire fighting
systm
and the associated equipment.
(b) The system and the scope of supply shall be generally as in the Bid Drawings and
designed in accordance with the loca1 regulations and intemational standards.
filtered water necessary for fire fighting system ofUnit No.2 is supplied by this existing
fire water supply system.
(e)
The foam supply system comprising pressure proportioning equipment and foam
tank and foam supply main piping complete with v a1ves and accessoris has been already
installed by Unit No .l contractor and under operation. Foam necessa for Unit No .2
equipment is supplied by this existing foam supply system.
(f) The Contractor s scope of supply and insta11ation is water spray system, water
cooling system, outdoor hydrant system, indoor hydrant system , foam system, dry
chemical extinguishing system, portabl fire extinguishers, fire alarm and detection
system, and associated fire watr piping including water ring main for the equipment,
facilities , buildings and areas supplied by him under the Contract ofUnit No .2.
(g) As for the existing fire water and foam supply system and terminal points between
the existing system and Unit No.2 Contractor, see Drawing Nos. OM2T-1005 FLOW
DIAGRAM OF RIVER WATER FlRE FIGHTING SYSTEM, OM2T-1006 FLOW
DIAGRAM OF FILTERED WATER FlRE FIGHTING SYSTEM, OM2T-1007 FLOW
DIAGRAM OF FOAM FlRE FIGHTING SYSTEM and OM2G-1016 TERMINAL
POINT LIST in Volume 11.
(h)
The Existing fire water supply system comprises rivr water fire water supply
system and filtered water fire water supply system. The river water fire water system -
4-2-140
takes river water from Hau River and has three (3) fir pumps that are one (1) river water
electric fire pump, one (1) river water diesel engine fire pump and one (1) river water
jockey pump. The filtered water fire water system takes filtered water from filtered water
tank and has three (3) fire pumps that are one (1) filtered water electric fire pump , one (1)
filtered water diesel engine fire pump and one (1) filtered water jockey pump.
(i)
The river water shall be used as fire water source for outdoor facilities and the
filtered water shall be used as fire water source for indoor facilities.
G)
Specifications of fire water supply and existing fire pumps are as follows :
(i)
River water fire water supply system

i. Operating Pressure
0.7 MPa(g) (at ground level)
ii. Design Pressure
1.33 MPa(g)
iii. Design Temperature
45
oc
(ii) Filtered water fire water supply system

i. Operating Pressure
0.8 MPa(g) (at ground level)
ii. Design Pressure
1.0 MPa(g)
iii. Design Temperature
40
oc
(iii) Summary of pump data

Specifications of existing fire pumps are summarized in the following table.
Item
Quantity
Type
Driver typ~
Location
Liquid
(Water tank)
Filtred
River water fire pump

Electric
Diesel
Jockey
Fire
Fire
Pump
pump
pump
Electric
Fire
pump
water fire pump

Diesel
Jockey
Fire
pump
pump
Horizontal
Engine
Outdoor
Vertical
Motor
lndoor
Vertical
Engine
Indoor
Horizontal
Motor
Outdoor
Vertical
Motor
Outdoor
River water
4-2-141
Filtered water
Vertical
Motor
lndoor

Required cap.
(Vmin)
Required head
(m)
Driver
Output (kW)
Voltage(V)
Phase
F~~(p.lel1c;Y(_~l
18925
18925
500
1500
1500
500
100
100
121
80
80
84.3
447
522
15
56
52
11
6,600
3
50
380
3
50
380
3
50
380
3
50
(m) The Contractor shall provide and install the above systems and equipmii.t~
according to Drawing No. OM2T-3001 APPLICATION TABLE OF FlRE FIGHTING
SYSTEM, which is the minimum requirement, in Volume 11 , but not be limitedto. le
Contractor shall provide all necessy fire fighting system and equipment that are
required and necessa due to his design and /or applicable laws, regulations , circular,
codes and standards, even if they are not on the above mentioned APPLICATION
TABLE.
(n) The Contractor shall forward the necessary sets of detailed drawings and other
necessy documents on the fire-fighting and detection system to EVN prior to
submission to the Fire Authorities ofVietnam. The Contractor shall pay all fees as asked
by the Fire Authorities in order that the necessary approval can be obtained.
4.2.13.2 Standards and Regulations

(a) Unless otherwise specified, all equipment and installation shall be designed,
installed and tested in accordance with the following:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
National Fire Protection Association Standards (NF PA)

Void
Japan Fire Service Law (JFSL)
Local Fire Authorities Regulation and Requirements (Vietnam local
laws/regulations)
All other latest applicable standards, regulation and laws
4-2-142

4.2.13.3
(a)
F ire water main

(i) The fire water ring main of river water and filtered water shall be provided
around the main equipment, facilities , buildings and areas to be supplied by
the Contract of Unit No .2 such as the power house , boiler, FGD , up to the
terminal points between the existing fire water ring main and Unit No .2
Contractor as shown in Drawing Nos. OM2T-I005 FLOW DIAGRAM OF
RIVER WATER FlRE FIGHTING SYSTEM, OM2T-I006 FLOW
DIAGRAM OF FILTERED WATER FlRE FIGHTING SYSTEM and
OM2G-1016 TERMINAL POINT LIST in Volume 11.
(ii)
Fire Water Supply System
The fire water ring main shall be laid down on the ground along the roads.
(iii) The piping specification of the fire water main shall be determined taking
account of its fire resistance, maximum working pressure and laying
conditions.
(iv) Piping and fitlings to be used for the fire water main shall be made of the
un-lined carbon steel, and their outer surface shall be painted.
(v)
The pipe size offire water main shall be calculated based on the condition that
the fire water can f1 0w through all sections of fire water main.
(vi) The pipe size offire wer main shall be not less than 6 inches in diameter.
(vii) Block gate valve shall be provided so that sections ofthe fire water main can
be put out of service for maintenance or repair without interfering with water
supply to the area.
(viii) The interval ofthe two adjacent block valves shall not exceed 300 m along the
watermam.
4.2.13 .4 Water Spray and Cooling Systems
(a)
The system shall be installed in order to reduce damage to equipment in the event of
a fire and protect equipment from damage by radiant heat.
4-2-143
(b) Thewatr spray system shall be provided for protection ofthe following equipment
as a means of xposure protection.
(i) Main transformer
1 set (River water)
(ii) Unit auxiliary transformer
1 set (River water)
(iii) Transformer/rectifier set for ESP
1 set (River water)
(iv) Main oil tank
1 set (Filtered water)
(v) Oil purifier
(vi) Seal Oil Unit
(vii) M-BFP (Hydraulic and lubricating oil hazard) 1 set (Filtered water)
(viii) BFP-T Oil tanks
(ix) Gas air heaters
(x) Others as necessary
L
(c)
The spray water shall be supplied at a net rate not less than 0.25 gpmlft2.
(d) The wr cooling system sha11 be provided for the fuel oil service tank to pret
fire from spreading to the sound fuel oil storage tanks by spraying water on the surface of
tank shell.
(e) The water cooling system shall be of remote manual operating consisting of the
fixed water supply piping system with drencher heads and deluge valves which are
operatd on fire control pane l.
(f) The ring of drencher nozzles for the fuel oil service tank shall be provided and
divided into two (2) systems.
(g) le water for cooling shall be supplied at a net rate not less than 30 liter/minutes/m
for perimeter for a tank shell to be protected and for hemi-sh11 ofthe adjacent tanks.
(h) The nozzles shall be designed to provide a specific watr discharge and distribution
over the surface of equipment to be protected.
(i) The delug valve shall be actuated by the pressurized water. When the valve opens ,
water f1 0ws into the piping system and discharges from all open spray nozzles.
G)
Sufficient number of fire detectors shall be installed at appropriate locations.
(k) Cing nozzles shall be of bronze and shall be properly spaced and set in position
to provide complete envelopment ofthe equipment surface.
4-2-144
o MON THERMAL POWER PLVT
(1) In the event of fire , the system shall send alarm signal to the central fire alarm
control panel and shall actuate the deluge valve remotely.
(m)
The system and components shall conform to the requirement ofthe National Fire
ProtectionAssociation (NFPA) Standards ofUSA, standard No. 15.
4.2.13.5
Hvdrant Svstem
(a) Hydrant system offire protection shall be designed so as to feed pressurized water
from a large net work of pipes to each water hydrant.
\
(b) lese hydrants shall be located at appropriate positions throughout the power
station.
(c) Fire hoses of suitable lengths fitted with standard accessories like branch pipes,
nozzles, couplings, etc. shall be kept in hose boxes.
(d) Entire area shall be protected by ring mains taken out of pump stations for making
loops around various risky areas. Each loop shall be interconnected for higher reliability
of the system.
(e) To isolate the system due to damage/maintenance, suitable numbers of gate valves
shall be proded.
(f) Outdoor and indoor hydrants shall be designed and installed in accordance with the
following requirements.
\.
(i)
Outdoor Hydrant
i.
Outdoor hydrant shall be provided and installed at appropriate locations

properly spaced to cover the equipment and facilities supplied by the
Contractor.
ii.
Arrangement of existing outdoor hydrants is shown in Drawing No.

0 M2T-2001 ARRANGEMENT OF EXISTING OUTDOOR
HYDRANT for Bidder s reference.

iii.
All outdoor hydrants shall be of three (3) way type and shall be
equipped with self standing steel cabinet enclosure made from
4-2-145
o MON THERMAL PO I'ERPLANT

galvanized stee l.
iv.
Steel enclosure shall be coated twice with red lead primer paint and final
coating of red enamel paint and shall be properly ventilated. Hose box
shall be provided at each hydrant.
v.
The hose box shall be provided with two (2) 2-112" water nozzle of fog
and solid stream type made ofbrass or chrome plated steel, and fou l!
sets of2-1/2" x 20 m long fire hoses ofthe double jacketed, rubber li~i
pe. Each hose box shall be properly labeled FlRE HYDRANT". ., (
I :r
(ii)
i.
4.2. l3 .6
;15?;
lndoor Hydrt
:
lndoor hydrant shall be provided at appropriate locations in each flo
for the protection of the power house area, and other areas , where
necessary.
ii.
Each indoor hydrant shall be wall mounted or self standing type

complete with steel enclosure and panel door and properly labeled
HYDRANT".
iii.
Each indoor hydrant shall be provided with one (1) 1-1 /2" water nozzle
of fog and solid stream type , one (1) 1-112" hydrant valve and two (2)
sets of 1-112" x 15 m long fire hoses.
The Pioing for Fire Water Main Water Sorav Svstem

and Hvdrant Svstem
ater
Cooing Svstem
The piping for fire water main, water spray system, water cooing system and hydrant
system shall be provided with the following, but not be limited to:
(a) All necessary pipes, valves , automatic actuators , pressure switches, pressure gauges,
hose couplings, fittings , fastenings and special construction complete with accessories,
installed outside and inside ofthe buildings
(b) All necessary excavation works for the pipes, valves , etc. including filling material
and finishing work with accessories
(c) AlI necessary brick and concrete works for pipe layers, valves , anchor, etc.
complete including accessories
4-2-146
(d)
All necessary sign posting for system including brackets , complete with accessories
(e) Isolation valve shall be provided so that sections of the fire water main can be taken
out of service for maintinance or repair without interfering with fire water supply to the
area.
(f)
Pipes and fittings for water spray system and water cooling system shall be
galvanizdhavy grade steel pipe.
(g)
\,
Elevated piping externally and intemally galvanized steel pipe
4 .2 .13.7 .Eoam Svstem

(a) Foam system of fire protection shall be provided for the fuel oil service tank and
other equipment, where necessa. This system shall be duly recognized by the National
Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
(b) The foam supply system comprising pressure proportioning equipment and foam
tank and foam supply main piping complete with valves and accessories has been already
installd by Unit No .l contractor and under operation. Foam necessary for Unit NO.2
equipment is supplied by this existing foam supply system.
(c) As for the existing foam supply system and terminal points between the existing
system and Unit NO.2 Contractor, see OM2T-1 007 FLOW DIAGRAM OF FOAM FlRE
FIGHTING SYSTEM and OM2G-I016 TERMINAL POINT LIST in Volume 11.
(d)
Foam system shall be complete in its entirety and include the

eqU1pmnt but not be limited to:
(i)
Void
(ii)
Void
Dlowing
foam
(iii) Complete piping system up to the terminal points to the existing foam supply
system including pipe supports , foundations and other pipeline accessories
like valves , joints, and fittings
(iv) Void
4-2-147

(v)
Appropriate nurnber offixed foarn charnber to be installed on the shell ofthe

tank.
(vi) Steel de f1 ector located inside the tank shell to de f1 ect the discharge offoarn
(vii) Foarn outdoor hydrants shall be provided at appropriate locations where
(viii) All accessories that are deerned necessary for
proper and
(f) The fixed low-expansion foarn generators shall be provided on the fuel oil service
tank.
(g) Systern shall be designed for an easy installation, disrnantling, inspection,

rnaintenance and f1 ushing.
(h) Materials to be used should be of high resistance to corrosion and other chernical
reactlOns.
(i) Foam chamber assernbly and foarn nozzle shall rneet the rninirnum requirernent of
NFPA standard NO.ll.
4.2.13.8 Drv Chernical Extinguishing Svstern
(a) Dry chernical extinguishing systern shall be provided for preventing the following
equiprnent frorn the fire as shown in Drawing No. OM2T-I008 FLOW DIAGRAM OF
DRY CHEMICAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM.
(i) Bearings ofturbine and generators
( i) Void
(iii) Burners
(b) Dry chernical extinguishing equiprnent with necessary accessories shall be provided
with the following , but not be limited to:
4-2-148
(ii)
Fi.
Pi
Start up equipment
i.
Type
ii.
Number
(iii) Dry chemical unit

i.
Type
ii.
Number
N2 cylinder
One (1) complete set as the common
the unit
cility
for
CO2 pilot cylinder

One (l) complete set as the objective area
for the unit
Am monium phosphate base

One(l) complete set as the common facility for
one(l) unit
(iv) Discharge equipment

i.
pt:
ii.
Number
iii. Discharge nozzle
(v)
Local discharge typ t:

One(l) complete set
as required
All necessary piping, valves and supports, etc.
4.2.13.9 Portable Fire Extinguishers

(a) Appropriate number and pe of portable fire extinguishrs shall be provided at
each floor in each building and around the facilities in accordance with Vietnamese
standards.
(b) The following fire extinguishers shall be located according to OM2T-3001
APPLICATION TABLE OF FlRE FIGHTING SYSTEM, which is the minimum
requirement, in Volume 11 , but not be limited to. The Contractor shall provide all
necessa portable fire extinguishers that are required and necessary due to his design and
/or applicable laws, regulations, circular, codes and standards, even ifthey are not on the
above mentioned APPLICATION TABLE, throughout the plant.
(i) 20 lb type and 155 lb type d chemical portable extinguishers for fire classes
A, B andC.
(ii)
10 lb type and 70 lb type CO2 portabl extinguishers
4-2-149
(iii) 100 lb d chemical wheeled extinguisher for fire classes A, B and C.

4.2.13.10
(a)
Fire Alarm and Detection svstem
General
(i) The fire alarm and detection system shall consist of the following:
i.
Automatic fire detectors
ii. Manual call point
iii. Local alarm bell
iv. Fire alarm siren
(ii)
The zone classification system shall be applid for the fire alarm system in
accordance with manufacturers' standards.
(b)
Automatic Fire Detectors

le type of automatic fire detector shall be selected among the following spot type
detectors taking into consideration ofthe conditions ofthe hazard and the room.
(i) Photoelectric smoke detector
(ii) Ionization smoke detector
(iii) Fixed temperature heat detector
(iv) Rate ofrise heat detector
(c)
Manual Fire Call Point

(i) Outdoor manual fire call point shall be provided along the main road so that
the interval between the adjacent positions shall not exceed 120m.
(ii)
(d)
Local Alarm Bell

(i) Local alarm bell shall be provided within the building so that the distance
from any position ofthe building to a beIl shall not exceed 25m.
(ii)
(e)
Indoor manual call point shall be provided so that the interval between the
nearest manual call point shall not exceed 60m when measured horizontally.
The beH shall be automatically activated when fire detection system in the
building detects a fire.
Fire Alarm Siren

(i) Fire alarm siren shall be provided at the strategic points ofthe plant.
(ii)
The siren shall be started manuaIly by operating a switch on the fire pane l.
4-2-150
4.2.13 .1 1
(a)
Fire Protection Panel (FPP)
General
The fire protection panel at the Central Control Room shall be provided for central
operation and supervisor functions.
Modifications of existing control system including modification of program of
control system shall be included in the Unit No.2 Contractor s scope of work , if they
are necessary for operation ofthe fire fighting system ofUnit No.2 equipment.
Operation ofthe individua1 equipment and the operating status sha11 be indicated on
the fire protection panel with LCD or CRT and graphic/mimic pane l.
The rangement of fire protection panel shall be of the Owner s approval.
The electric power source for fire protection panel shall be 110V DC from unit
battery and AC from unit Un-interruptible Power Supply System (UPS).
(b)
Operation system
The manual operation switcheslPBs of the following systems shall be provided on
the fire protection panel, but not be limited to:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(c)
Void
Water Spray and Cooling System
Hydrant System
Foam System
Dry Chemical System
lndication system
The operating status and annunciating of the individual equipment including five
alarm detecting system shall be indicated on the fire protection panel with LCD or
CRT and graphic/mimic paneI.
4.2.14 Void
4.2.15 Void
4-2-151
4.2.16 Hydrogen Generation Plant

Existing hydrogen gas generating system is common facility to Unit NO.1 and Unit NO.2.
Hydrogen gas supply to Unit NO.2 generator is supplied from the existing one.
Rating of existing one is as foIIows ,
(a) Hydrogen Production Rate:
5.0Nm3 /h per each generating unit
(b) Delivery Pressure:
0 .3 7MPa
(c) Hydrogen Gas Purity:
99.9%
(d) Dew Point Temperature:
-70 deg C at ambient pressure
As for terminal point, see Drawing No. OM2E-1005 HYDROGEN GAS FLOW
DIAGRAM in Volume 11.
4-2-152
VIETNAM ELECTRICITY /TEPSCO
4.2.17 Generator and Auxiliaries

4.2.17 .1 0enerator Desi QJ1
(a) le generator shall be ofthe synchronous type , designed and manufactured to comply
with this Specification, IEC 60034-3 and the relevant other parts ofIEC 60034.
(b) Ratings
The generator shall be continuously rated so as to ensure a net output of300 MW after
deduction of excitation and main oil pump powe when these are not driven by the
turbine generator shaft under the following conditions with a river water temperature
of30 0 C.
(i) 0.85 lagging power factor at any voltage between 100% and 105% of rated
terminal voltage
(ii) 0.95 leading power factor at 95% rated terminal voltage
Further, the maximum continuous rating ofthe generator (MVA) sha11 be not less than
ofthe turbine MCR.
(c) Characteristics
The generator shall be designed to have the following characteristics:
(i) A short circuit ratio ofnot less than 0.5
(ii) A direct axis transient reactance (saturated) ofnot more than 35% on rated MVA
These limits shall not be exceeded when the applicable tolerances are taken into
account. The Bidder shall nominate the applicable tolerances which shall not be
greater than that allowed by IEC 60034-3.
A generator capability curve shall be provided with the Bid showing expected
generator MWIMVAR operating limits at rated hydrogen gas pressure and lower.
(iii) Direct axis sub-transient reactance shall be not less than 10% at the saturation
level corresponding to rated voltage leve l.
(d) Voltage and Frequency
(i) The generator shall be rated for 50 Hz operation
(ii) The rated voltage shall be determined to optimize the design of a11 plant - refer to
Clause 8.2.
(iii) The generor and generator transformer ta:p changer will be operated to maintain
at the 220kV switchyard scheduled voltage , which will be varied from time to
tlme.
Steady-state generator terminal voltage wi lI vary continuously within a range of
plus and minus 5% rated voltage at any output within the generator capability, to
satisfy these 220kV switchyard conditions.
4-2-153
4.2 .1 7.2 Stator
(a) Casing
(i) The casing of the stator shalI be gas-tight and sufficiently robust to withstand the
maximum forces set up in the event of an explosion of a hydrogen and air mixture
in the casing.
(ii) Access to the generator casing for inspection of stator end windings shall be made
possible after removal of bolted covers and shall not require the removal of
coolers or other ancillary equipment.
(iii) Liquid drain lines shall be provided from the casing, suitably enlarged, and
connected to plates bolted to the generator frame so that on disconnection of any
extemal drain there will be a hand hole for cIearing material which may lodge in
the intemal drain. Liquid detectors, fitted with alarm contacts, shall be provided
in each separate drain and not in a common line.
(b) Core
le
stator core shall be made up of high permeability and low electrical loss
stampings, bonded and tightly clamped together to reduce noise and vibration to a
practicable minimum. Attention shall be given to the prevention of excessive 100 Hz
vibrations being transmitted to the generator casing, foundations , pipes or associated
equipment. The Bid shall incI ude a description of the bonding used to prevent
vibration of the end teeth.
(c) Winding
(i) The winding insulation shaIl be of Class F temperature cI assification and of
adequate thickness to withstand the voltage stresses which may occur in service.
The part of the coil passing through the core slots shall be vamished with
send-conducting vamish or have some other type of conducting layer, in order to
distribute in a uniform manne the voltage gradient and to eliminate potential
differences between the slot walls and the coil surfaces. Details shall be given in
the Bid of the winding and of the insulating materials proposed. The limit of
winding insulation temperature rise shaIl not exceed that nominated in IEC
60034-1 for Class B insulation.
(ii) The winding shall be effectively braced and blocked to withstand short circuits
at the terminals under any operating condition and to prevent vibration, which
may lead to gas leakage. Materials liable to shrink in the course of time and on
heating shall not be used for packing and wedging, and the general construction
of the stator and the bracing of the winding overhaul shal1 be such as to provide
adequate cooling surface and avoid "hot spots".
4-2-154
VIETNAM ELECTRlCITY 'EPSCO
(iii) Provision shall be made for preventing the formation of condensation during
shutdown periods.
(d) Terminal Bushing
The windings shall be star connected and the ends of each phase of stator windings
shall be brought to terminals accessible from the space in the foundation.
All six (6) terminals shall be made removable from the machine and shall be available
for extemal connections.
The generator terminal housing shall be installed at the bottom of the stator. The
terminal housing shall be of non-magnetic material to prevent over heating due to eddy
current.
Three (3) generator bushings shall be installed on both the line side and the neutraI
side.
Adequate provision shall be made in the design of bushing type current transformers
required for the instrument, protective relay and AVR.
(e) Connection to Busbars and Grounding Transformer
(i) On the line side, provision shall be made for disconnection of the generator from
the isolated phase bus to ensure the establishment of safety clearances between
the generator and isolated phase bus during high voltage testing of either.
(ii) On the neutral side, provision shall be made for disconnecting the star point from
the generator terminals to ensure the establishment of safety clearances between
the generator and the grounding transformer and to enable individual phase
windings to be tested.
4.2.17.3 Rotor
(a) Winding
The design ofthe rotor shall be such that earth and intertum faults in the windings will
not occur in service. Insulation shalI be of class F temperature classification. The limit
of winding insulation temperature rise shall not exceed that nominated in IEC 60034-1
for Class B insulation.
The Bid shall describe what method is adopted to avoid permanent deformation ofthe
winding during service. Packing blocks used in the rotor winding shall be entirely
suitable for the high temperatures and mechanical forces occurring in large rotors.
Particular attention shall be given to insulating and securing of the rotor winding
connection leads to avoid vibration and possible failure of either the lead or its
insulation.
4-2-155
o MON THERMALPOVERPLANT
(b) Shaft
(i) The rotor shall be made of one solid forging with high mechanical strenh
characteristics. The forging shall be fully examined by radiographic and
ultrasonic techniques to confirm its soundness.
(ii) The Bid shall include details of the features incorporated in the rotor design to
reduce the variation stiffness about the direct and quadrature axis, and thus
minimize the resultant twice-per-revolution vibration levels. During the course
ofthe Contract, deign calculations shall be furnished to show that a rotor critical
speed will not exist in the region of twice rated speed.
(iii) The shaft shall have a reference mark ofthe location ofthe magnetic center and
the mark can be detected in-service for synchronism of shaft position with
portable test equipment. The mark shall be located so that it can be always
accessible notwithstanding shaft expansion and provision shall be made for
mounting of a detecting device.
(c) Sliprings
14 ..~
Slip rings where necessary shall be mounted on the shaft in a sate enclosure the?
outboard end of the generator. Sliprings and brush gear shall comply with the J \ ;
; 1
requirements ofClause 4.2 .1 7.6 (c) (iii).
,/'it,
'U l
4.2 .1 7.4 Gerator Grounding
"1
(a) Neutral Point

The generator stator winding, which will be star connected, shall be suitable for
grounding through a singe-phase distribution-type two (2)-winding transformer.The
secondary winding will be shunted by a non-inductive resistance. le Contractor shall
supply details ofthe capacitance to each ofthe stator windings, which is necessary for
selection of a final resistance value , as a pa of the commissioning report. The
expected value of capacitance shall be nominated
(b) Casing
(i) Grounding terminals or bolts shall be provided at two positions with diagonal
corners ofthe stator bedplate for grounding the generator casing. These positions
shall be connected at ho different locations on the station grounding system.
(ii) M or turbo-generator components shall be electrically bonded together and
connected to the generator grounding terminal to provide a low impedance
return path for possible radio frequency (RF) voltage transients generated by
thyristor switching in the generator static excitation circuit.
4-2-156
VIETNAM ELECTRICITY 'EPSCO
(c) Turbo-generator Shaft Voltage/Current Control

(i) The shaft shall be grounded at one position between LP turbine and generator
bearings by suitable multiple (at least two) shaft grounding devices.
The shaft grounding devices shall be protected from the effects of oil, dust,
steam and other contaminants.
Each shaft-grounding device shall have 0.01 to 0.1 ohm in-service contact
resistance to the shaft at the rated speed and within permissible shaft vibration
levels.
The contact element of each shaft-grounding device shall be able to be replaced
when generator in service without safety requirement to a person or to the
machine.
(ii) Each shaft-grounding device shall be connected to the turbo-generator
grounding bond conductors or lower bearing case via suitably sized low
impedance current measuring shunt.
(iii) The generator outboard bearings and preferably HP turbine bearing No. 1 shall
be electrically insulated from the generator grounding.
(iv) Shaft voltage test terminals grouped in easily accessible single location shall be
provided for checking the voltages and insulation integrity for the following:
1nsulated bearings
(v) A continuous on-line shaft-grounding monitor shall be provided as an integral
part of the shaft grounding system.
The monitor shall measure grounding current an d/or shaft voltage, and display
these at a local panel adjacent to the generator. 1t shall also activate at least one
"clean" changeover alarm contact.
A "Shaft Grounding Abnormal" alarms, displayed in the central control room,
shall be indicated for the following conditions:
"Loss ofpowr supply" to the monitor
"Shaft grounding current low" or Shaft grounding voltage high"
(deterioration of shaft grounding device)
. "Shaft insulation low" (loss of insulation integrity)
Each alarm condition above shall be indicated by local LED and shalllatch the
manual reset table alarm contact locally.
The monitor shall have an analogue 4-20 mA output for each parameter
displayed on the local pane l.
Analogue outputs shall be displayed in the central control room.
(vi) The Bid shall include details of shaft voltage/current control scheme monitors,
bearing insulation, shaft coupling insulation, shaft earthing devices and the like.
4-2-157
4.2.17.5Generator Condition Monitoring

(a) The following generator condition monitoring equipment shall be provided. The
Bidder shall describe the monitoring equipment to be supplied.
(i) Core Monitor
The core monitor shall be ofthe type , which samples hydrogen gas for detecting the
presence of particulates arising from severe overheating of the core and oth
1"
machine components and raises an alarm.
~/
The alarm shall be raised in the central control room.
- ;Y\?
~)tA~
\::t:
(ii) Rotor Shorted Turns Detection Coil

The detection coil only shaIl be fitted to the generator with wiring brought out to
terminals to enable of monitoring equipment to be connected as required.
(iii) Endwinding Vibration Sensors
Sensors only shall be fitted to the stator endwindings at both ends of the generator
with wiring brought out to terminals to enable of monitoring equipment to
connected as required , and shaIl raise an alarm in the central control room.
4.2.17.6 Generator Excitation
(a) General
Equipment for the complete excitation requirements ofthe generator shall be provided,
including an excitation transformer, thyristor bridges, field suppression equipment,
excitation control equipment (in accordance with Clause 4.2 .17.7) and all connections
btween these items.
The excitation power shall be fed through a transformer connected to the isolated
phase bus and controlled by a thyristor bridge.
A full description ofthe excitation system shalI be inc1 uded in the Bid.
(b) Performance
(i) The ceiling level of field voltage shall be at least 1. 6 times the maximum
continuous rating of field voltage, for stator voltages between 0.6 and 1.0 per
unit of rated value.
(ii) The excitation system offered shall be of high initial response type, with a
response ratio such that excitation increases from rated load excitation voltage
1. 0 pu to a voltage greater than 1. 6 pu in 0.1 secs in response to a step change in
generator terminal voltage of2.5%.
(iii) The excitation system shall be capable ofproviding the peak power required for
4-2-158
tJEN / ;
;g
OMONTHEM4LPOWER
PLANT
operation at ceiling voltage leve l.

This requirement is based on an operating duty cycle of rated output for a
sustained period, then ceiling voltage for 10 seconds, then return to rated output
for a sustained period.
(iv) The Bid sha lI include performance details and preferably test curves for the
design of excitation system offered.
(c) Static Thyristors Excitation System

(i) Thyristors
i) The thyristor bridge shall comply with the reqirements ofIEC 60146.
ii) A fully controlled three-phase thyristor bridge shall be provided to permit
operation ofthe generator at full excitation power with 20% ofthe thyristors
failed in any set ofparallel paths i.e. arm ofthe bridge. It shall be possible to
either replace faulty thyristors when the generator is in service, or provide
thyristor redundancy sufficient, for reliability, in order to permit full
excitation power without replacing thyristors.
iii)Sufficient redundancy shall be included in the thyristor cooling system to
ensure that a single failure will not prevent the achievement of continuous
generator rated output.
iv) The Bid shall include a description on what measures are taken to prevent
d.mage to the thyristor bridge in the following situations (and any others as
applicable) and what tests are performed to confirm the effectiveness of these
measures.
A short-circuit at the generator sliprings at exitation ceiling voltage
The overload occurring with a sudden short-circuit at the generator terminals
High voltage across the badge due to reverse excitation current
Non-uniform current distribution between thyristors
(ii) Excitation Transformer
i) A power transformer shall be provided to supply the power requirements of
the excitation system under all operating conditions. This transformer shall
be of natural air cooled, dry type and manufactured to the appropriate IEC
standard.
The design of excitation transformer shall be made , taking account of the
additional stray and eddy current losses generated by the harmonics supplied
to the load. The Contractor shall calculate the extra losses due to harmonics
by referring to ANSIIIEEE C57.1 10.
The Bidder shall nominate the expected demand for excitation power (MVA)
at rated generator output.
4-2-159
VIETNAM ELECTR1CITY ITEPSCO
ii) The transformer shall be protected by at least the protection schemes

described in Volume 2. The Bid shall state any further protections, which are
considered to be necessary for the safe operation of the transformer.
(iii) Sliprings and Brushgear
i) The sliprings and brushgear shall be of proven design in addition to the
requirements of IEC 60034.
The Bidder shall nominate the expected slipring temperature at generator
rated output.
The Bidder shall describe how the generator will be tested to determine that
this limit is not exceeded.
ii) The Bid shall nominate the wear rates of the sliprings and brushes with the
generator operating at continuous maximum rating. These wear rates shall
be such that brushgear maintenance is not required more frequently than
every 4000 hours of turbo-generator operation. The Bidder shall supply
certificates and his experience list to demonstrate that the sliprings and
brushgear meet these rquirements.
iii)The brush pressure shall not require adjustment betwen the time of
installation and the time of replacement of the brush. The construction shall
permit safe and convnient replacement of the brushs \vith the generator in
service. Suitable interlocking shall be provided so that the brushgear
enclosure covers of only on polarity can be opened at any one timeThe Bid
shall include details of the provisions for safeguarding personnel engaged
on "in service" brush replacement. Bolted connections shall be provided that
permit the polarity at the sliprings to be reversed.
(vi) Field Suppression
A main field circuit breaker shall comply with IEC 60947 Pts 1 and 2, and a
non-inductive resistor shall be provided for generator de-excitation. The circuit
breaker shall be capable of breaking the field current under the most onerous
operating conditions. On opening the breaker, the field winding shall be
short-circuited through the resistor, which shall ensure that the rotor winding
voltage remains adequately below its test voltage. The field circuit breaker shall
have two trip coils, which are electrically and mechanically independent.
Or, AC field circuit breakr system shall be provided for generator de-excitation.
4-2-160
(d) Supervision
Equipment shall be provided for detection of a generator rotor earth fault and
measurement of generator rotor field voltage and current. The field voltage and current
measurements will be computer monitored and used to compute field winding
temperature. The Bid shall include details of the fault detection and voltage and
current measunng eqmpment.
4.2 .1 7.7 Excitation Control Svstem
(a) Construction and Reliability
The excitation control system shall provide completely reliable and stable automatic
regulation ofthe generator excitation.
(i) Technology
Th e regulator shall be microprocessor based.
(ii) Duplication of Automatic Control and Provision for Manual Con101
A full description ofthe automatic voltage regulator (AVR) including operation
of functional units is to be provided in the Bid.
(b) Characteristics
The excitation control system shall have the following characteristics:
(i) Sensitivi
The excitation system shall give its maximum or minimum output with
variations in generator terminal voltage of not greater than 2.5% from set point.
(ii) Regulation
The regulator shall maintain the generator terminal voltage within limits of
0.5% of required value between no Ioad and fu Il Ioad over a range of
frequencies of 48 to 52 Hz.
(i ii) Range of Control
The regulator shall be capable of automaticaIly controlling the generator
terminal voltage between the limits of 95% and 105% of rated voltage under all
conditions of generator operation, when there is no contribution from any ofthe
supplementary control circuits.
(iv) Stability and Damping
It is intended that the excitation control system shall be adjusted so that, with the
generator operating on open circuit at rated voltage , a step change in the AVR
input equivalent to a step change of either +2.5% or -2.5% terminal vo 1tage,
shall result in an osci lI ation in field voltage with a settling time of less than 1.5
seconds.
(The settling time of a quantity is defined here as the time interval from the
instant of the step change until the resulting oscillation settles to less than 110%
4-2-161
ofthe maximum induced change.)

It is also intended that the excitation control system will be adjusted so as to
maintain stable operation of the generator for a 0.5% step change in terminal
voltage with the machine operating at all loads and power factors within the
capability limits. The under excited capability limit shown the capability curve
based on a theoretical model with the generator connected to an infinite busbar
through a reactance of 0.5 pu (on rated MVA of the generator) and with rated
(v)
(c) Supplementary Controls

The output of the voltage regulator shall va with the requirements of at least the
following supplementary control circuits.
(i) Automatic Run-up and run-down
On closing the field circuit breaker during run-up ofthe generator, the excitation
shall be applied proportional to speed and increased until minirnum set point
voltage is achieved at not less than 95% normaI speed. At the end of the
excitation raising sequence, excitation shaIl be under autornatic voltage
regulator contro l.
The run-down sequence shall ensure that excitation is controIled so as not to
overflux any transformers, which shaIl be connected to the generator.
(ii) Reactive Power and Voltage Control
i) The Station DCS (refer to Volume 7) shall incorporate a system to send
appropriate signals to the generator to adjust set points so as to regulate the
220 kV switchyard busbar voltage at a level selected by the power station
operator and to regulate the reactive power.
Provision shall be made to allow the operator to select separate reactive limits
for generator for the reactive power. Control ofthe set point of generator shall
be selectable by the operator either to the DCS or to individual unit set point
reference.
4-2-162
VIETNAM ELECTR1CITY ffEPSCO
If the control systems fail , the control shall reve to individual control of
generator set-point, i.e. the output retaining the values they had at the time of
failure.
The control system for co-ordination shall be provided to generating unit and
future unit.
Provision shall be made for the following inputs and outputs from unit:
Inputs:
stator voltage , power output, reactive power output,
220kV busbar voltage , generator transformer tap setting
Outputs:
voltage setpoint, future provision for main transformer
taps setting.
ii) Reactance drop compensation shall be included in the AVR circuits as a
secondary means of minimizing changes in the 220 kV switchyard busbar
voltage level during changes in station reactive power demand.
The compensation shall be proportonal to the reactive power output (or
alternatively, quadrature component of stator current) of the generator and
adjusted to a setting to be advised by the EVN.
(iii) Stabilizing Controls

Stabilizing signals, derived from the generator power output an d/or terminal
frequency an dJor rotor speed, shall be provided to enhance the damping of
generator and power system oscillations over the frequency range 0.2 to 2.0 Hz.
These shall be provided on both channels. The Bid shall include details of the
stabilizing signals used. A compensating circuit, separate from compensation of
the voltage feedback path, shall be provided. If more than one stabilizing signal
is provided, separate compensating circuits are to be provided for each signa l.
n the output of any stabilizer circuit, in the frequncy range below 100 hertz,
the total measured noise components shall be less than 0.1 % peak to peak. Th is
measurement shall be made with a f1 at compensation characteristic and the
transducer gain adjusted to the following:
Stabilizer
Gain
Frequency:
20 (pu equivalent terminal voltage/pu frequency)
20 (pu equivalent terminal voltage/pu speed)
Speed:
1 (pu equivalent terminal voltage/pu MVA)
Power:
The lag time constant of any speed, frequency or power transducer used, as a
feedback into the AVR should be less than 40 ms (as measured through the
relevant stabilizer circuit, with compensation adjusted for f1 at response).
A Bidder who offers a rotor speed based stabilizing signal shall include details of
any torsional interaction induced by the stabilizer and of any special devices
provided to avoid torsional oscillations, in his Bid. Analysis is to be included to
demonstrate the performance ofthe AVR at the torsional frequencies.
4-2-163
The compensation circuits shalI provide the fo lI owing gain and phase
adjustments ofthe stabilizing signals:
Gain - Range 0-6 ,000 pu open circuit excitation volts per pu sp:d or
frequency, or
Range 0-100 pu open circuit excitation volts per 100 MW

~?A
Washolter (high pass; at 1 three per stilizing sial):
oto 10 seconds adjustable

i :
Lead/lag compension (at least three per stabilizing signal)
'.
oto'1 second lead and lag, independently adjustable
/
(v) Over-Excitation Limit
The regulator shalI incorporate an over-excitation limiter to restrict the operation
ofthe generator as it is continuously over-excited. The limit action shall have a
time inverse characteristic corresponding to a small margin from the short time
capability ofthe generator rotor and excitation system, and shalI retum operation
to continuous rating. It shall operate smoothly, and without causing hunting. lts
operation shall be alarmed in the central control room.
(vi) Under-Excitation Limit
The regulator shalI incorporate an under-excitation limiter to prevent operation
of the generator while the generator is under AVR control beyond a
characteristic line which will be dvised by the Superintendent in the form of the
locus of points on the MW versus MVAR capability diagram. The limiter shall
operate smoothly, and without causing hunting. lts operation shall be alarmed in
the central control room.
(vii)Stabilizer Output Monitoring
The Bidder shall demonstrate that the stabilizer failure detection circuit does not
operate inadvertently during system disturbances, particularly during the
recovery of system frequency after loss of generation elsewhere in the system.
,._
#-:;,..;
(d) Supplementary Protection

The following supplementary protections shall be provided and their operation
alarmed.
(i) Fuse Failure Protection
The excitation control system shalI incorporate means of detecting generator
voltage transformer fuse failure. If fuses fail , the control shalI be transferred to
manual.
(ii) Rotor Over-Current Protection
The protective function related to detection of limiter failure and excitation over
current protection as described above shall be provided in accordance with
Volume 2.
4-2-164
(iii) Overvoltage (or Overfluxing) Protection

Protection shaIl be provided against stator overvoltage and generator
overfluxing. 1t is noted that generator transformer overfluxing protection is to be
provided as described in protection Volume 2 which may sufficient for
generator protection. The Bid shall describe the basic concept of the offered
overfluxing protection scheme, including co-ordination with any excitation
limiting function associated with run-up and shut-down ofthe generator.
(iv) Underexcitation Protection
The protective function related to detection of limiter failure and loss of field
protection as described above shall be provided in accordance with Volume 2
Clause 2 .2.3.3.
(e) Manual Excitation Control

The manual control shall meet the following additional requirements:
(i) Follow-up
Equipment shall be provided to cause the manual excitation control to match the
excitation level determined by the in-service automatic control, after a suitable
time delay to avoid hunting, except in the circumstances described in Clause
4.2.17.7 (e)(ii). lis is to ensure that a changeover from automatic to manual
control, under steady state conditions, shall generally take place without
perceptible transients while operating in the generator capability range where
manual control is stable.
Similarly, while under manual control, a facility shall be provided to match the
automatic level of excitation with the manuallevel, so that a transfer to automatic
control takes place without perceptible transients.
(ii) Manual Restrictive Limit
i) A facility shall be provided to prevent the manual controller operating point
from following the in-service automatic controller operating point beyond a
characteristic line known as the Manual Restrictive Limit, which manual
restrictive limit to be determined from MW versus MVAR capability diagram.
1f protective transfer from automatic to manual control occurs while automatic
operated beyond the characteristic curve, it is acceptable that there be an
immediate increase in excitation cuent and hence ~rAR lagging output to
bring the operating point with the characteristic curve.
ii) A facility shall be provided to prevent an operator from reducing excitation
current using a manual excitation controller beyond the characteristic curve
described in (i). Further, if excitation is under manual control and the MW
output is increased, a facility shall be provided to ensure that the manual
operating point remains within the characteristic curve.
4-2-165
(f) Test Facilities

(i) To facilitate performance testing of the AVR and for future investigations, the
. Any other signal used by the Contractor as a feedback in the AVR

. Intermediate signals at key points in the AVR block diagram
(ii) An alogue transducers (if any) required for processing prima signals shall be
mounted in the excitation cubic1 e and have a time constant (lag) of less than 20
milliseconds.
(g) Sources for Generator Voltage Signals
The generator voltage signal for AVR shall be derived from PT.
(h) Performance Data

(i) The complete block diagram Drawing shall be submitted, and the Bid shall
describe the gains, time constants, delays , limits and saturation of the excitation
system as designed. Where these can be varied, the ranges and recommended
values shall be described. Frequency response curves (B ode or Nyquist) of each
block with the recommended settings shall be submitted. The Contractor shall at
appropriate times resubmit the block diagram amended to show the parameters
and limits obtained during testing and again to show those which applied to the
excitation system after it has been commissioned.
(ii) Sample chart records of step response measurements made on machines having
similar AVR control shall be inc1 uded in the Bid.
(iii)A curve shall be submitted during the course of the Contract showing the
estimated time/voltage characteristic of the generator under AVR control
immediately after fu 1l 10ad has been rejected, by opening ofthe generator circuit
breaker.
4.2 .l 7.8 Generator Cooling
(a) General
(i) Generator cooling systems shall be provided to maintain the temperature ofthe al1
pas ofthe generator within the limits required by IEC 60034 at continuous rated
4-2-166
o MON THERMAL POJVER PLANT
VIETNAM ELECTRICITY EPSCO
output when the cooling water inlet temperature is 300 C (refer Clause 4.2.17.1(i)).
(ii) The complete equipment requirements for the following shall be provided:
. Hydrogen gas cooling system
. Hydrogen gas seals and seal oil system
. Brush gear ventilation system
. Generator casing purging
The equipment shall include all necessary pumps, valves, piping, filters , heat
exchangers, instrumentation and ancillary equipment.
(b) Hydrogen Gas Cooling System

(i) The generator hydrogen gas pressure shall be maintained automatically at a set
value , which shall be adjustable.
(ii) The hydrogen gas .shall be cooled by water circulating through heat exchangers
installed in the generator casing. The hydrogen gas coolers shall be arranged so
that the tubes can be cleaned without depressurizing the generator casing.
Provision shall be made for any hydrogen gas leakage into the cooling water
system in service to be detected, alarmed and the rate of leakage measured.
(iii) The water used hydrogen gas coolers shall be provided so as to keep the gas
temperature within specified value under the maximum continuous output. The
cooling water ofhydrogen gas cooler shall be taken from cooling water line.
(iv) Control equipment shall be provided to automatically maintain generator coolants
at the required temperature by regulation of water f1 0w through the various
coolers
(v) Any apparatus necessary for the withdrawal of the hydrogen coolers from the
generator casing shall be provided and itemized in Schedule 13 Essential Tools of
the Bid.
(vi) Drying equipment shall be provided for removal of moisture from the hydrogen in
the generator. If the equipment uses desiccant, facilities shall be provided for its
regeneration within the equipment without incurring the risk of hydrogen gas
explosion. Equipment shall be provided for measurement of generator hydrogen
gas dewpoint temperature and a signal provided for computer monitoring. In
addition , facilities shall be provided for filling the generator with dry air and for
passing dry air continuously when the generator is open for maintenance.
(vii) An indicating and integrating f1 0w meter shall be provided for measurement of
the hydrogen gas consumption rate ofthe generator. The range ofthe meter shall
cover the f1 0w rate for a tight generator up to the f1 0w rate at which the unit
must be taken out of service. The Bid shall state the maximum rate ofhydrogen
gas leakage from the generator as a whole when the generator is at rated
conditions.
The f1 0wmeter shall incorporate a transmitter for computer monitoring of gas
4-2-167
consumption rate. Equipment shall also be provided for measurement of the gas
mixture purities ofhydrogen in air, hydrogen in carbon dioxide and air in carbon
dioxide , and signals of measurement shaIl be provided for computer monitoring.
(viii) The hydrogen source pressure and dewpoint w iII be as given in Clause 4 .2 .16.
(ix) All necessary hydrogen vent shall be installed to discharge hydrogen gas at Ieast 2
m above the powerhouse roo f. A Il hydrogen-piping routes sh1 avoid the eas \
subject to hazard from mechanical or fire damage.
.-/f3
~~ AN\'
4.2 .1 7.9 Hvdro !len Gas Control Cubi cIe
hydrog
sIl
(a) A
gas control cubi cI e
be provided to accommodate the equipment
associated with the control and monitoring of the generator cooling and seal oil systems,
but excluding the generator purging system. Th is shaIl include control equipment, purity
measurement equipment and instruments. The cubi cIe shaIl be locate on the ground
floor ofthe powerhouse.
(b) IntrinsicaIly safe circuits shaIl be employed in the areas where explosive atmosphere
may be caused by hydrogen gas lecage.
4 .2 .17.10 Hvdrogen Gas Seals and Seal Oil Svstem
(a) Shaft oil seals ofa proven reliable design shall be provided. Details ofthe seals shall
be included in the Bid . The seal oil to hydrogen gas differential pressure shaIl be
maintained automatica Ily at aIl pressures up to the maximum hydrogen gas pressure,
irrespective of the source of seal oi l. The system shall be capable of sealing rated gas
pressure in the generator.
(b)A full duty DC motor driven seal oil pump shaIl be provided for emergency supply.
(c) Two (2) seal oil coolers shall be provided. These shaIl be cooled by cooling water
from the auxiliary cooling water system and shaIl be parallel on the waterside. Adequate
the seal oil cooler shall be provided by one (1) cooler in service with a river water
temperature of25 .3 0 C (refer Clause 4.2.17.1 (a)). The two (2) coolers may be paralleled
to enable generator rated condition to be achieved with a river water temperature o f3 0oC.
(d) Equipment shall be provided for the treatment of seal oil to remove dissolved gas so as
to minimize the contamination of hydrogen gas in the generator.
4-2-168
!.
;F~
:l:
1i::
1*
:.~
4.2.17.11 Generator Casin lZ PurlZing Svstem

(a) The system shall permit purging the hydrogen gas by carbon dioxide gas , and the
carbon dioxide gas using compressed air, in less than 90 minutes.
(b) The carbon dioxide gas supply equipment and shall consist of carbon dioxide gas
cylinders, manifold, control valves and pressure gauges.
(c) A panel shall be provided to enable a lI operations necessary for purging the generator
can be carried out therefrom. The paneI shall accommodate all monitoring equipment
associated with the prging system. The panel shall be located on the ground f1 00r ofthe
powerhouse remote from the turbo-generator foundation block, so that personnel can
have an access to it safely in the event of a generator fire.
(d) Provision shall be made for a visi b le-break between the generator and the sources of
hydrogen gas, carbon dioxide gas and air so as to provide proof of isolation for personnel
access. The visible breaks may consist, for instance, of f1 exible hoses with quick
disconnect able couplings, or removable sections of pipe work.
4.2.17 .1 2 1emoerature Measurement
(a) Temperature detectors shall be provided in compliance with IEC 60034. The detectors
shall be either copper constant thermocouples or platinum resistance thermometers, and
shall be cabled to and terminated in junction boxes at the generator.
(b) Thermocouples or embedded resistance temperature detectors (RTD) shall be

provided for measurement of generator temperatures as follows:
A minimum of six (6) detectors per phase in the generator stator slots between the
coil sides,
A minimum of two (2) detectors in the stator teeth
A minimum oftwo (2) detectors in the stator core
(c) Thermocouples or embedded resistance temperature detector(RTD) shalI be provided
for temperature measurement as follows:
Cooling air temperature rise across the generator slip rings
Hydrogen gas temperature at the inlet and outlet of each hydrogen gas cooler
Seal oil temperature at the inlet and outlets of each hydrogen seal
. Cooling water temperature at the inlet and outlet each hydrogen gas cooler
(d) Temperature detectors shall be provided as necessary for use in the DCS control of
4-2-169
generator coolant temperatures.
following requirements.
The fault recorder system shall be commissioned and operational before the first
excitation ofthe generator and/or the first system energization ofthe main transformer
so as to provide data on any incidents, which may occur during commissioning. The
Bid shall include a description ofthe fault recorder system offered.
The purpose of the fault recorder system is to record voltages and currents and
changes in equipment status associated with generator/main transformer in response
to pre-deterrnined trigger conditions (particularly those associated with protection
operations) and to provide facilities for the storage, display, and archiving of the
records. These records will be used for finding in fault location, confirming correct
protection operation and for assessing possible mechanical damage to generator
windings.
1t is assumed that the system shall consist of at least one data-gathering unit per
generator/main transforrner with triggering, data storage and printing facilities for a
number of records. A personal computer with a printer facility shall be provided in the
central control room , and it will be used interrnittently to download, display, analyze
and archive records. Communication between the faults recorders and the personal
computer will be made through data link.
1mmediately after a record has been made , it shall be printed locally to ensure that a
hard copy ofthe record is always available, notwithstanding any subsequent failure of
the fault recorder system.
(b) Technology
The fault recorders shall be microprocessor based.
(c) Number ofRecorders and Location
There shall be at least one fault recorder for generator/main transformer uni t. The
recorder shall be located adjacent to the electrical protection equipment.
(d) Power Supplies
Power supplies for the recorders and any input interfacing devices shall be 110V DC
from the station batteries.
Ifthe communication modem is not integral with the recorder, it may be supplied from
a secure AC supply. It shall not be supplied from a miscellaneous power and lighting
4-2-170
system.
(e) Fault Recorder Characteristics
The fault recorder shall have the following characteristics:
(i) Sample rate
?: 2 kH z
(ii) Analogue resolution
?: 12 bits
(iii) Pre-trigger time range
50 msec - 200 msec (expected setting 100
msec)
(iv) Post-trigger time range
0.5 sec - 5 sec (expected setting 1 sec)
(v) Memory capacity
?: 30 records of 1.1 sec duration
(vi) Capability for recording the DC quantities of generator excitation current and
voltage
(vii) Input galvanic isolation
2 kV power frequency between all inputs
and case as per IEC 60255-5
(viii) Surge withstand (SW C)
2.5 kV (1 MHz damped sine wave) as
per IEC 60255-6
5 kV, 0.5 Joule as per IEC 60255-5
(ix) Impulse withstand
(x) Over-write of record memory
The local memory location of an electronic
version of a record shall not be made
available for over-writing until the record has
been printed on the local printer. An alarm
shall be initiated for warning if the record
cannot be printed locally.
(f) Output Devices

(i) The recording medium of the local fault recorder printr shall b plain computer
paper or thermal paper with a width not less than 220 mm. Metalized paper shall not
be used.
The printer shall be chosen to have the highest availability and reliability given its
function as the ultimate back-up device for ensuring that data is not lost.
(ii) The fault recorder shall have a facility to communicate with personal computer
located in the central control room. The method of communication may be by
modem over the station telephone system or by data link.
The personal computer shall have appropriate software for communication with
the fault recorders and for display, analysis and electronically archiving
downloaded records. The computer shall have either a dedicated printer, or be able
to print records on a network printer.
(g) Analogue Channels
(i) The following analogue signals shall be monitored by the fault recorder on unit:
4-2-171
Channell
Channe12
Chann13
Channe14
Channe15
Channe16
Channe17
Channe18
Channe19
ChannellO
Channel11
Channel12
Channel13
Generator voltage - (U) phase to neutral

Generator voltage - (V) phase to neutral
Generator voltage - (W) phase to neutral
Generator voltage - neutral to ground
Generator current - (U) phase
Generator crent - (V) phase
Generator current - (W) phase
Generator excitation current (DC)
Generator excitation voltage (DC)
Main transformer 220 kV side voltage - (U) phase to neutral
Main transformer 220 k V side current - (U) phase
Main transformer 220 kV side current - (V) phase
Main transformer 220 kV side Clrent - (W) phase
Note: The source of signals for Channels 1, 2 and 3 such as supply protection
relays shall be same as that for voltage transformer.
(ii) The full scale deflection of each analogue channel shall be set such that the
maximum expected signals during a fault can be recorded without clipping,
evn if DC offset of AC signals is present as can occur with high current stator
faults.
The AC signals for analogue channels shall be derived from current transformers
and potential transformers , which can faithfully reproduce the primary AC
signals. Protection CTs (e.g. differential) and PTs of appropriate class ar
acceptable for the source.
The DC current signals shall be derived from an relevant current shunt in series
with the rotor field winding.
Each source of analogue signal shall be galvanically isolated from the fault
recorder to a level of 2 k V.
Galvanic isolation devices between the signal sources and the fault recorders
shall not distort the signals. All galvanic isolation devices requiring auxiliary
power shall be supplied from the battery for the fault recorder.
(iii) Fach analogue channel shall have triggers , and they can he set for under and over
level , and rate of change ofleve l. The range of seing for level triggers shall be at
least 5 - 99% of full-scal deflection.
At least analogue channel 1, phase isated busbar voltage (U) phase to neutral ,
shall have in addition to those triggers described above , a rate of change of
frequency trigger with a settable range of at least 0 Hz to 2 a per second.
4-2-172
The analogue triggers shall initially be set as foIlows, but may require changing
to prevent excesslve tnggenng.
T'riggr Setting
Channel
10% above rated vo Itage
1,2,3, 10
20% above standing third harmonic voltage*
4
5,6,7, 11 , 12,13
20% above rated current
10% above rated current
8
20% above rated voltage
9
1 0% change in amplitude between successive peaks 1,2,3, 10
m
1 Hz per second
Note
1: * : There exists always a third harrnonic voltage present across the secondar
winding of the neutral grounding transformer which varies with load. Its
maximum level has to be measured to set this trigger.
2:
Some trigger signals shall come from protection relays instead of fault
recorder.
(h) Event Channels
(i) The following changes of state shall be monitored by the fault recorder on uni t.
Those marked with * shall trigger a recording.
Channel
1*
2*
3*
4*
\
5
6
7
8*
9*
10*
11
12
13
14
15
Source
Switchyard protection
Generator No. 1 protection
Generator No. 2 protection
Turbine govemor oil pressure switch
Generator breaker (U) phase auxiliary contact
Generator breaker (V) phase auxiliary contact
Generator breaker (T) phase auxiliary contact
Generator field breaker auxiliary contact
Status Changer to Trigger

not operated - operated
pressure hi}- pressure
low, i.e. turbine tripped
open - closed (trigger on

closure)
Over excitation limiter

Under excitation limiter
Spare
Excitation controller Channel lIChane 1 2 status re)ay
Excitation controller
Automatic /M anual status relay
Spare
220 kV generator circuit breaker status
4-2-173
o MON 11lERMAL PO 'ERPLANT
(ii) Each source of event signal shall be galvanically isolated from the fault recorder
to a level of2 kV.
common time reference.
G) Alarms
The fault recorder shall raise two alarms in the central control room as follows:
"paper low" - local printer requires additional paper
"fault recorder unavailable" - due to any condition which shall prevent the fault
recorder operating normally, including loss of auxiliary supply to any input
interposing device
4.2.17.14 Generator Fire Protections
(a) Fire protection for the generator and related equipment is generally covered in Clause
4.2.13. The following clauses show particular requirements, for the generator and related
eqmpment.
(b) The dry chemical extinguishing system for the generator shall be provided to protect
for the generator.
(c) Generator slipring fire protection equipment shall be provided.

(i) The equipment shall include detectors , nozzles, dry chemical extinguishing
equipment, piping, valves , and all other equipment necessary for automatic
operation to facilitate fast extinguish of fires.
(ii) Provision shall be made for operation of the equipment from a remote push
button.
(iii)The pipe route from the dry chemical extinguishing system shall be selected to
avoid areas subject to the hazard ofmechanical an d/or fire damage.
(iv)The equipment supplied shall include automatic closing fire dampers with
carbon dioxide pressure-operated release mechanisms in the slipring enclosure
air inlet and exhaust ducting and in make-up air ducting (where sliprings and
make-up air ducts are applicable).
(d) A system shall be provided for the detection of hydrogen leakage to atmosphere from
the generator. In particular, detectors shall be located on the pipe connections beneath the
4-2-174
generator in the region of the rotating hydrogen seals. The detection of hydrogen gas
leakage shall be alarmed in the fire detection system.
4-2-175
4.3
TEST AND INSPECTION
4.3.1 Test and Inspection at Shop

4.3.1.1
General
(a) Where no specific test is specified the various items of plant, materials and
equipment shall be tested in accordance with the applicable standard, acceptable to EVN.
(b) Where no appropriate standard is available, tests shall be carried out in accordance
with the manufacturers standard practice, subject to the prior approval ofEVN.
(c) In all cases, shop tests shall include electrical, mechanical and hydraulic tests in
addition to any tests called for by EVN to ensure that the plant being supplied fulfi lIs the
requirements ofthe Specification.
(d) If considered to be necessary by EVN, any multi-part assemblies shalI be fully
erected in the shops prior to packing and dispatch to the site.
(e)
The word turbine" in this section includes BFP-T, where applicable.
4.3. 1. 2 Tests on Materials

(a) Representative samples of plates, bars and pipes, etc., which form components of
the plant shall be tested as required, to the relevant approved standard or code or at the
request ofEVN.
(b) All test pieces shall be prepared and supplied by the Contractor at his own cost. If
any test piece fails to comply with the requirements of the material specifications, EVN
may reject the whole batch of material represented by that test piece.
(c) All important forgings shall be examinedjointly at the manufacturer s shop by EVN,
together with representatives ofthe manufacturer during forging and heat treatment.
(d)
The test shall be carried out on the following but not be limited to :
(i)
Turbine rotors , blades, casings and main valves
(ii)
Condenser tube plates and tubes
4-3-1
(iii) Circulating water pump impellers and shaft

(iv) Condensate impellers and shaft
(v)
Boiler feed pump and booster pump impellers and shaft
(vi) HP and LP heater tubes and tube
ples
(vii) Feedwater piping

(viii) Generator rotors
4.3.1 .3 Ultrasonic Exarnination
(a) The feedwater piping, large valve bodies and their branch pipes shal1 be
ultrasonically examined for the presence of injurious defects before fabrication is started.
(b) Ultrasonic inspection shall be in accordance with ASME Section II SA-655 , ASTM
E 164-97 or equivalent.
(c) Imperfections found by ultrasonic exarnination shal1 be judged against the
acceptance -rejection standards outlined in ASME Code Section VIII Div. 1, Appendix
12, and paragraph 12 .3 or equivalent.
4 .3.1. 4
Radiograohic Examination and Other Non-Destructive Test
(a) The application of the radiographic exarnination shaIl be in accordance with the
applicable section of ASME, ANSI or equivalent.
(b)
Radiographic examination shaIl also be made on the fo l1 owing items.

(i)
Circumferential butt welds of the main steam piping, hot reheat stearn piping
and feedwater piping
(ii)
All welds ofHP and IP turbine casing(s)
(iii) Stellited turbine blading (if any)

(iv) Alllarge valve bodies
(F or the portions where radiographic examination is not applicable due to reasons
4-3-2
(d) All feedwater heater tubes shall be tested with eddy current method before bending
and with hydrostatic method after bending. Dye penetration examination shall be carried
out on the shortest bend radius tubes for each heater after bending.
(e) Tube to tube sheet Velds for condenser an d/or heaters shall be examined properly
according to the Manufactuere s Standards.
4.3. 1. 5 Hvdrostatic Tests
(a) Hydrostatic tests at 150% ofthe design pressure shall be carried out for a period of
30 minutes or longer, on turbine casings and main turbine valves, generator casings, alI
heat exchangers, all pressure vessels and coolers and feedwater pump casings including
condenser tube cleaning system and debris filters.
(b) All hydrostatic tests shall be carried out prior to surface coating or painting and cast
iron enclosures may be subjected to hammering as required by EVN.
(c)
ut
Hydrostatic tests for equipment manufactured of austenitic steels should be carried

using water having a chloride content ofless than 30 ppm.
(d) Anti-rust additives shall be used to prevent oxidation of surfaces. Surfaces must be
dried up upon completion of tests.
4.3. 1. 6
Turbine Comoonents
(a) The Contractor shall state his normal practice with regard to the testing ofturbine
components to prove the satisfactory mechanical opration prior to dispatch to the site.
(b)
The following minimum tests shall be carried out in lieu of steaming tests:
(i)
Static vibration test on representative turbine blades
(ii)
Run out check and heat stability test on the turbine rotors
4-3-3
VIETNAM ELECTRlCITYITEPSCO
(iii) Vibration test on the bladed rotor after being high speed balanced
(iv) Overspeed checks for a minimum of one (1) minute to a speed of 120% ofthe
nominal rated speed, for a turbine rotor. Such rotors shall be complete in every
respect.
(v)
Static and dynamic balancing ofthe turbine rotors with blades
(vi) Complete dial assembly of all the turbine components or computer aided
turbine clearance control system check to prove their satisfactory mechanical
setup
(vii) Rig tests on the complete assemblies, with associated operating
Main and Reheat Stop and Govemor Valves
gea
ofthe
(viii) Bench tests shall be conducted on the govemor assembly and control valve
servos~
(ix) Overspeed tapping devices shall be set up and tested.

4 .3.1. 7 Boiler Feed Pumps
(a) One (1) boiler feed pump with booster pump shall be completely tested and the
other pumps shall be verified by manufacturer's certification.
(b) To confirm the head- f1 ow characteristics and efficiency, the pump shall be tested in
accordance with the latest ASME PTC 8.2 Test Code or JIS B 83 0 1 for centrifugal pumps
or equivalent.
(c) Measurements shall be taken at sufficient range in order to obtain a complete
performance curve.
4.3 .1 .8
Air Leak Test
Air leak tests shall be carried out on the rolled expansion joints or the seal welds between
the tubes and the tube sheets of all shell and tube type heat exchangers, including the
condenser if applicable.
4-3-4
(b) Prior to taking place any test, the Contractor shall submit a test procedure for
approval ofEVN. A test procedure shall include the layout ofthe testing equipment with
the position of pressure measurement points, flow measuring devices and relevant datum
lines for measuring fluid heads.
(c) In addition, details ofthe calibration ofthe flow measuring device, the motor power
vs. efficiency curve, a specimen of the test record sheet and details of the performance
calculations shall be provided.
(d) The performance test shall be conducted over the whe operating range of the
pump to closed valve condition and five measurement points in minimum covering the
full range shall be taken.
(e) Measured curves indicating flow rate vs. head, flow rate vs. power consumed, and
flow rate vs. pump efficiency shall be provided.
(f) In addition, a measured curve ofthe NPSH required vs. flow rate shall be provided
except when the suction conditions do not require this test. Any proposal for the omission
ofthis test shall be subjected to the approval ofEVN.
(g) On completion of the tests , the Contractor shall submit a report showing the test
results obtained together with the curves corrected to the site operating conditions.
\
4.3.1. 10 Fans and Compressors

(a) One (1) fan and one (1) compressor of each type and size with larger than 20 kW
motor drives shall be tested in accordance with the requirements ofthe relevant standard.
4.3. 1. 11 Void
4.3. 1. 12 Rubber Lined Vessels and Pipework
(a)
For Rubber lined vessels and in particular Pipework, the following inspection
and test shall be applied:
(i) Inspection for visual defects should be carried out over the entire surface in
4-3-5
good light and attention given to any areas ofmechanical damage (cuts and
tears), blisters, lack of adhesion or bonding and poor jointing.
(i i)
All lining should. be checked for continuity and freedom om pin- holes by
combing over the entire surface with a suitable high frequency test electrode.
(iii) The proof voltage shall be agreed with the manufacture of the rubber lining
but not be lower than three times of the breakdown voltage in air or 0.5 kV.,
whichever higher.
(iv) The voltage level set should take into account the manufacturers tolerances on
the thickness of the rubber lining to avoid any possibility of damaging the
coating which is within specification.
(v)
The speed ofthe test electrode should not exceed 40 cm/sec and should not be
allowed to remain in one position for any period of time since this could cause
damage to an otherwise acceptable coating.
(vi) The surface ofthe rubber lining should be dry and dirt-free.
4.3. 1. 13
Heat Insulation Materials
(a) The Contractor shall either provide the thermal conductivity test report for the last five
(5) year applications of the product or shall conduct the thermal conductivity test in
accordance with ASTM codes or equivalent.
4 .3.1. 14
Generator
(a) The generator shall be subjected to tests and required to prove the compliance with
specified requirements in cI uding IEC 60034 to prove that it has been manufactured
correctly and for the determination of characteristics.
(b) The first gnerator manufactured shall be subject to all the tests specified in Clause
4.3. 1. 14, however, the second generatorofthe same design needs only to be subjected to
tests to prove compliance with the original design and to check correct manufacture.
(c) These tests shall include those specified in Clauses 4.3. 1.1 4.1 , 4.3. 1. 14.2, 4 .3.1. 14.3 ,
4.3. 1. 14.6. The generator and its excitation system shall be tested as a complete system.
Whenever a test requires that the generator be excited, the excitation system shall supply
the necessary power.
4-3-6
o MON THERMAL PO;7ERPLANT
(d) All tests shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant parts ofIEC 60034. The
particular method adopted where several alternatives are available shalI be as agreed
between EVN and the Contractor.
4.3. 1. 14 .1 High Voltage Tests
(a) Tests shall be carried out to prove that the temperature rise ofthe various pas ofthe
generator are within the limits required by IEC 60034-1.
(b) Temperature rise tests shalI be caied out also at site in accordance with Clause
4.3.3 .2, to prove the guarantee ofperformance.
4.3. 1. 14.3 Insulation Tests
(a) The insulation resistance ofthe stator and rotor windings shall be measured in cold
state before and after the temperature rise tests.
(b) The polarization index of each stator phase winding and ofthe whole winding shaIl
be measured with the windings cold and hot.
(c) Repetitive surge tests sha lI be carried out on the rotor winding to confirm the
integrity of interturn insulation.
(d)
The insulation of stator bars and coils shall be tested in accordance with IEC 60894.
(e) Each phase of the stator windings shall be tested to determine its capacitance (in
nanofarads) to earth and dielectric loss angle (in milliradians) in 0.2 Un steps from zero to
rated phase-phase voltage, both raising voltage and lowering voltage. Each test will
involve energising one phase winding with the other phase winding earthed.
(i)
The same tests shaIl also be carried out with the three phase windings
connected together to measure combined valves.
(ii)
The report of test results shall include a description of the testing technique
4-3-7
used , the plant conditions (including gas and water coolant aangements and
temperatures) and the test equipment used.
,
l
The test procedure shall be proposed in his Bid.
(f) Each phase of the stator windings shall be tested to determine the levels of partial
discharge (in picocoulombs) of insulation in 0.2 U n steps from zero to rated phas-phase
voltage both raising and lowering voltage. Each test shall involve energizing one phase
winding with the other phase windings earthed.
/
The report of test result shall include a description of the testing technique
used, the plant conditions (including gas and water coolant aangements and
temperatures) and the test equipment used.
The test procedure shall be proposed in his Bid.
4.3. 1. 14.4 Tests to Determine Generator Parameters

(a)
The Contractor shall determine the following parameters for each generator.
(b) The tests to be performed shall be nominated to determine the parameters with
reference to c 60034-4. Where a nominated test is not in accordance with c 60034-4,
the Bidder shalljustify its use.
(c) The Bidder shall nominate expected values ofthe generator parameters in Schedule
13 .3 .2.2 1.
\
ful
Kc
Xd (saturated)
Xd (unsaturated)
Xq (saturated)
Xq (unsaturated)
X d (saturated)
X d (unsaturated)
X" d(at 30% volts)
X"q(at 30%volts)
X2
Rl
ID
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Q
Q
Parameter
Short circuit ratio
Direct axis synchronous reactance (saturated)
Direct axis synchronous reactance (unsaturated)
Quadrature axis synchronous reacta:nce (saturated)
Quadrature axis synchronous reactance
( unsaturated)
Direct axis transient reactance (saturated)
Direct axis transient reactance (unsaturated)
Direct axis subtransient reactance (saturated)
Quadrature axis subtransient reactance
Negative- sequence reactance
Positive-sequence armature winding resistance
4-3-8
o MON THERMAL PO'lERPLANT
Xo
Xp
Ra
Rf
L1 Un
C 3
C)
Z
1"a
t q
sec
sec
sec
sec
1""q
sec
t do
r qo
sec
sec
sec
r do
sec
t d
1" "d
1"" do
sec
MWsec/MVA
MWsec/MVA
MWsec/MVA
1"j
Hgen
Hturb
Hgen
Ifn
windings cor
Surge impedance
Armature short-circuit time constant
Direct-axis transient short-circuit time constant
Direct-axis subtransient short-circuit time constant
Quadrature-axis transient short-circuit time
constant
Quadrature-axis subtransient short-circuit time
constant
Direct-axis transient open-circuit time constant
Direct-axis subtransient open-circuit time constant
Quadrature-axis transient open-circuit time
constant
Quadrature-axis subtransient open-circuit time
constant
Acceleration time
Generator stored energy constant
Turbine stored energy constant
Combined turbine and generator stored energy
constant
Rated excitation current
Reactances expressed in % are to be based on rated generator MVAand voltage.

Stored energy constants to be expressed in MW seclMVA on a base of rated
generator MVA.
(*)
(d)
Zero-sequence reactance
Zero-sequence resistance
Potier reactance
Armature winding direct-current resistance
Saturation Curves, Segregated Losses and Efficincy

Open-circuit and short-circuit tests shall be carried out to determine:
(i)
open-circuit saturation curve and air gap line
4-3-9
o MON THERMAL PO'lERPLANT
(ii)
short-circuit saturation curve
(iii) zero power factor overexcited saturation curve for rated Armature cuent
(iv) segregated losses (core loss; stray-load loss; friction and windage loss;
armature and field losses)
(v)
efficiency
4.3. 1. 14.5 Waveform Deviation

(a) The waveform of the generated voltage shall be measured and analyzed in
accordance with IEC 60034-1.
4 .3.1. 14.6 Shaft Current
(a) Tests shall be carried out with the generator at rated speed and excited to rated
voltage on open circuit to prove that circulating shaft currents are prevented by the
bearing insulation and shaft earthing provided.
4.3. 1. 14.7 Bushing pe Current Transformer
(a)
Current transformers shall be tested in accordance with IEC 60185.
4.3. 1. 15
Excitation Svstem
(a) The Bid shall include a list of proposed excitation system tests including those
listed below.
4.3. 1. 15.1 Thyristor Bridge
(a)
Tests shall be carried out on the thyristor bridge as required by IEC 60134.
(b) With reference to the temperature rise test, the temperature rise must remain within
limits for a duty cycI e no less than that specified in Clause 4.2.17.6 , (b), (iii).
4.3.1.15.2 Excitation Transformer
(a)
The Contractor shall
caY
out temperature rise tests at the shops, using a higher
4-3-10
4.3. 1. 15.3 Complete Excitation System

(a) The tests listed in the following sub-clauses, except for sub-clauses (i) and (ii), shall
be carried out on both excitation systems. The tests listed in sub-clauses (i) and (ii) need
only be carried out on the first manufactured system.
(i)
A Transfer Function Test shall be carried out on the excitation system for the
determination of all time constants, gains, input/output limits and frequency
response curves. The block diagram Drawing showing the transfer functions
of the excitation system shalI be amended from the results of these test and
included in the test report.
(ii)
An Excitation System Nominal Response Test shall be carried out to

determine the excitation system nominal response VE. The voltage error step
to be used in the test is 10% of rated voltage. Where the test is not in
accordance with IEC 60034-6-1 , the Bidder shalI justify its use.
(iii) The operational features of the automatic voltage regulator shall be checked
incI uding automatic changeover from one controller to another; and to manual
operation of limiters; fo lIow-up controls and alarm;.
(iv) AII other tests as necessa shaIl be carried out to prove compliance of the
excitation system with the specified requirements
4 .3.1. 16
Motors
Refer to Clause 2. 1. 10.3.

4.3. 1. 17
Control Svstem
Refer to Clause 7.8.
4-3-11
4.3.2
Test and Inspection at Site
4 .3.2 .1
General
(a) All equipment and plant shall pass such

t estsa
ts
it
e as are re
qu
ired by EVN to pwv
compliance with the Specification independently of any tests which have already been
carried out at the manufacturers shops.
(b) The tests at site shall include, but not necessary be limited to, those specified in this
sectI on.
(c) In particula an functional and pressure tests on fully assembled and complete items
of plant which have not been carried out at the manufacturers shops, shall be carried out
at ste.
(d) The tests in commissioning stage shall be carried out in accordance with the
requirements of Clause 2.1.11.
4.3 .2 .2
(a)
Turbine/Generator
No load plant commissioning test shall include the following:(i)

(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(b)
Test of intervention of the stand-by oil pump automatically

Measurement ofthe thermal expansion ofthe casings
Verification ofthe speed control and safety trips operated locally and remotely
Tests on all safe devices
Tests on trip valves and alarms
Measurement ofvibration (Generator not excited)
Checking of speed measuring instruments
Load test shall include:

(i)
Adequacy of gland steam sealing system
(ii)
Temperature ofbearings
(iii) Vibration reading at various Ioads (Generator excited and Turbine/Generator

synchronized)
(iv) Synchronizing tests
4-3-12
(v)
Bearing inspection after 5 day operation at Rated Output
very hot conditions

(viii) Instantaneous load variation test
(ix) Tripping ofthe unit at loads 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% Rated Output
No malfunction nor endangering of the equipment shall take place and all
controls shall operate safely.
(x)
Capability ofHouse Load Operation.

After having the unit load at Rated Output, the Turbine/Generator shall be
disconnected from the network and it will remain in operation at House
Load" feeding only the unit auxiliary service.
(xi) Rapid load reduction when the load is above 50% of Rated Output, by
manually tripping of one circulating water pump (CWP) or one boiler feed
pump (B FP) without the intervention ofthe stand-by pump.
(xii) Any other tests required by EVN to check the specified conditions of the plant
4.3.2 .3
Cndenser
(a) Fluorescent water test for the condenser shall be carried out after tubing and before
fitting the water boxes (or water box covers). The steam side shall be filled with wate
contained a f1uorescent dye , (f1 uorescein) up to the turbine exhaust f1 ange and the water
level maintained for one (1) hour to check for leakage.
(b) An inspection for leaks shall be carried out along the shell to tube plate joint and the
tube plates-to-tube joints, under polarized light.
(c) After completion of tubing and fitting of the waterboxes , the CW sides of the
condenser (water chambers) between the inlet and outlet isolating valves shall be
subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test to a pressure of 1.5 times the system design
pressure.
4-3-13
(d) The intemal coal tar epoxy coating (or rubber lining) of the water boxes and doors
shall be tested for satisfactory covering by a spark test method over the complete surface
of application.
(e) Tripping ofthe rp(s) at various operating mode to confirm that no water hammer
or surge occurs that would cause any harm to any part of the CW system.
4 .3 .2 .4
Boiler Feed Pumos
(a) Satisfacto operation of a possible combination of pumps operating singly or in

parallel, without hunting or other undesirable effects, throughout the entire specified
speed and power ranges, and especial1y when approaching cavitation conditions.
(b) Correct functioning of minimum f1 0w valves and associated main and standby
control systems shal1 be performed when pump discharge decreases to the minimum f1 0w
value. The temperature rise shall be measured and the result shall be compared with the
tests carried out during the shop test.
(c) Satisfactory sta-up of the standby feed pump upon failure of a running pump
without causing any undue excursions in boiler drum level and to verify the start-up time.
This test shall also demonstrate the satisfactory start-up of the stand-by pump from a
warmed up condition when supplied with hot water at the specified feedwater
temperature.
(d)
Correct functioning of all protective devices associated with the
boilr
feed pump.
(e) When one of two pumps is tripped, the Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory
continuous operation by the stand-by pump with the plant load run-back.
(f)
Vibration measurements to be taken at normal and maximum f1 0w rate.
4.3.2.5
(a)
Unfired Pressure Vessels and Pioework
Hydrostatic Tests
(i)
The Contractor shall carry out hydrostatic test on all unfired pressure vessels
and pipework to a pressure not less than 1.5 times of design pressure but not
less than 0.35 MPa(g) , for a period of one (1) hour and these tests will be
carried out in the presence of EVN.
4-3-14
However, for air piping and other gas piping systems, pneumatic test will be
caied out at the pressure but not less than 0.35 MPa(g) , of 1. 25 times of
design pressure for a minimum period of 30 minutes and all joints shall be
checked for leaks using a soap solution tests. For th purposes of the
(ii)
l
l
(a) Oil storage tanks constructed at site, except where specified otherwise in this
specification, shall be subject to inspection and testing, in accordance with the
requirements stated in API 650.
(b)
(i)
The welded seams shall be checked by spot radiography. The number and
location ofradiographs shall be as specified by API 650.
(ii)
On completion, all tanks shall be subjected to the tests prescribed in API 650.
Water tanks
All water tanks operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested for a minimum of
30 minutes by filling to maximum level and being subjected to an additional
superimposed hydrostatic pressure of 1.5 kPa(g).
4.3.2.7
Rotating Equioment
(a) Rotating equipment such as fans , and pumps shall be su ect to a running test prior
to commissioning for checking correct rotation, and to verify vibration and noise free
operatlOn.
(b) Sound pressure and vibration levels emitted from equipment (e.g. pumps, ns etc.)
shall be measured in accordance with the approved codes and standards to demonstrate
the compliance with the specification requirements.
4.3.2.8
Void
4.3.2.9
Functional Tests
4-3-15
(a)
All installed equipment shall be tested for correct operation and functioning.
4 .3.2 .10 Excitation Svstem

(a) Tests shaIl be carried out to prove that the stability and damping ofthe automatic
voltage regulator (AVR) complies with the specified requirements.
(b) Tests with the stabilizing signals connected and disconnected shall be carried out to
demonstrate the effect of all stabilizing signals used in the AVR.
(c) The tests shaIl be carried out with the generator operating on open circuit and rated
voltage, and also with the generator on load.
\
(d) With the generator on-load and feeding into the system, the operation ofthe AVR
over and under excitation limiter, and limiter failure detectors.shaIl be proven.
(e) With the generator on open circuit and under AVR control, the generator terminal
voltage shaU be measured at speeds corresponding to 48, 50 and 52 Hz without changing
the voltage set point.
(f) The voltage drop compension shall be proved effective. EVN w iII arrange
variations in system vo Itage to permit reasonable reactive load changes to be made on the
generator. The Contractor shall make electrical measurements to confirm the degree of
compensaton.
(g) The control system for co-ordinating reactive power loading on generator shall be
proven by in-service test. EVN will aange variations in reactive power demand on the
generator for this test.
(h) With the generator on open circuit and under AVR control, changeover ofthe AVR
from one control function to another (i. e. auto-auto, auto-manual) shall be proven for
each fault condition.
(i) All necessary tests shall be carried out to check the excitation system transfer
function block diagram.
4.3.2 .1 1 Cleaning and Flushing of Oil Svstems
(a) Before any machine is run on site, the oil systems shall be thoroughly cleaned and
f1 ushed.
4-3-16
(b) The complete system shall be f1 ushed, excluding such item as bearings and
valves etc.
contr
(c) Temporary strainers shall be incorporated in the f1 ushing arrangements to collect

foreign matter and debris , and to indicate that a satisfacto state of cleanliness has been
achieved.
~
;/?
(
)
d
The
le
s
itt
e f1
lu
ush
li
in
n1
gproc
c
dure
s
hla
11
a
be su
br
b
1
be circulated in the f1 ushing procedure a temperature satisfactorily in excess of any ~i
1%
emergency operating conditibns likely to occur.
(e) Once the strainers have appeared free from debris the circulation of f1ushing oil
shall continue for a further three hours, and the strainers again checked to confirm
satisfactory cleanliness of the system.
(f) A11 f1 ushing oil, temporary pipework, strainers, and any other materials required for
the site f1ushing procedure shall be supplied. Both hot and cold f1ushing sha11 be carried
out.
4.3.2 .1 2 PiDing Chemical Cleaning
4.3.2.12.1 General
(a) Piping and vessels on water stream of plant between the turbine and boiler but
excluding pumps shall be firstly f1 ushed, and then chemical cleaning shall be applied to
them excluding plant items incorporating copper or aluminum or their alloys, or zinc
coatings. The chemical cleaning procedure shall be submitted to EVN for approval.
(b) Chemical cleaning of any plant item involved at site shall be carried out under the
control of experts in this field with the above approved procedures.
(c) After completion of the chemical cleaning works, the cleaned system shall be
suitably sealed to prevent unnecessary exposure to the atmosphere. The boxed up system
shall be sealed with nitrogen in the event that standing time prior to commissioning will
exceed 30 days.
4.3.2.12.2 Disposal ofWaste Effiuents at Site
(a)
The Contractor shall be responsible for satisfactorily disposing of all waste effiuent
4-3-17
liquids and materials and treating them to render them suitable for discharge to waste in
accordance with regulations prevailing at Site regarding disposal of waste effiunts.
(b) The procedure and scheme for the disposal of waste effiuents at site shall be
submitted for the review and approval ofEVN
4.3.2.12.3 Inspection
(a) At the end ofthe plant cleaning operations at site, the plant shall be made available
for inspection.
(b) In the event that the surfaces are not cleaned to EVN s satisfaction, the cleaning
procedure or agreed alternatives which are deemed necessary to overcome the
deficiencies, shal1 be carried out at the Contractors sole expense.
4.3.2.13 Motors
Refer to Clause 2. 1. 10.3.
4.3.2.14 Control Svstem
Refer to Volume 7.
4-3-18
4.3.3
4.3 .3 .1
Performance Test
General
(a) Prior to issuance of the Provisional Acceptance, the performance test shalle
conducted by the Contractor to verify the specified values of the equipment are in
accordance with the requirements ofClause 2. 1. 13.
4.3 .3 .2
Turbine/Generator
(a) For verification ofthe guaranteed performance ofthe turbine generator and for the
purpose of the test for generator temperature rise, the turbine-generator set shall be run at
least four (4) hours at 100% Rated Output and additional period as may be required for
the plant to attain a steady temperature.
(b) During the above tests, the temperature rises of the various parts of the generator
and excitation system and the generator outlet coolant temperatures shall not exceed the
limits required by IEC 60034-1 . .Auxilia cooling water inlet temperature shall be
decreased at the time of test, provided that this does not exceed the specified maximum
auxiliary cooling water temperature.
(c) Turbine/Generator Performance Test shall be carried out with cooling river water
temperature as close as possible to the design temperature of 30oC. The test results shall
be corrected for the design temperature condition and evaluated.
As for Auxilia Cooling Water System, the performance test shall be carried out under
the river water temperature which is as near to 33.1 oC as possible, and shall be evaluated.
(d) Verification of the guaranteed Turbine Maximum Continuous Rating (TMCR)
during the performance test shall be made.
(e) Verification of the Dissolved Oxygen Content at condensate pump outlet and at BFP
suction (or deaerator outlet) shall be made. During this test period, hydrazine dosing shall
be suspended to check the dissolved oxygen values.
4.3.3.3
Void
4.3.3.4
Void
4.3.3.5
Void
4-3-19
Efficiency and AuxiliaT Power Consumption Tests
4.3.4
4.3 .4.l
Performance Test (Heat Rate)
(a) The Performance (Heat Rate) test shall be

2. 1. 13.
caied
out in accordance with Clause
(b) The Heat Rate shall be calculated by the formula as mentioned below and the
correction curves, in accordance with the latest edition of the ASME Performance Test
Code (PTC6).
(c)
The heat rate guaranteed in the Bid include all necessary tolerances for accuracy of
tesng sampling, instruInentation and specified in the performance test codes. No further
tolerances of any kind shall be permitted for the heat rate test.
(d) The condensate flow shall be measured by a calibrated test venturi or flow nozzle,
and any continuous drains which are not normally returned to the condenser are to be
similarly measured by suitable metering equipment. The test venturi or flow nozzle shall
be supplied under this Contract. Measurement of pressure difference is to be with at least
two high accuracy differential pressure transmitters provided by the Contractor based on
ASME PTC6 code.
(i)
Formula for Turbine Generator Heat Rate

h 1 + RF X (h3 - h2)
(h8-~) + MU x 114
TF
FW x hs - SH X h6 - SA X (h7 - h9) - BN x
HR=
Kl
Where ,
HR: Heat Rate
(kJ/kWh)
TF: Throttle Steam Flow
(kg!h)
RF: Reheat Steam Flow
(kg!h)
MU: Make Up Flow to Condenser
(kg/h)
F1:
(kg/h)
Final Feedwater Flow at final

Feedwater HTR Outlet
SH: Superheater Spray Flow
4-3-20
(kg/h)
SA : Steam Air Heater Steam Flow
(k1)
BN :Burner Atomizing Steam Flow
(kg/h)
h 1:Throttle Steam Enthalpy
(kJlkg)
h 2 :Cold Reheat Steam Enthalpy
(kJlkg)
h3 :Hot Reheat Steam Enthalpy
(kJlkg)
14:Make Up Water Enthalpy
(kJlkg)
h s:Final Feedwater Enthalpy
(kJlkg)
h6 :
Suprheater
Spray Water Enthalpy
(kJlkg)
h 7 : Steam Air Heater Steam Enthalpy
(kJ/kg)
h 8: Burner Atomizing Steam Enthalpy
(kJlkg)
h9 : Drain Enthalpy Recovered to Turbine Cycle (kJ/kg)

KW: Electrical Power Generated at
Generator Terminal minus the Power
for the Exciter minus Power for main
oil pump when those are not driven by
the turbine shaft.
(ii)
(kW)
Correction Curves of Heat Rate

The following correction curves shall be submitted with the Bid. Other
corrections than those listed below, such as valve loop correction, will not be
allowed.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Throttle Steam Pressure

Throttle Steam Temperature
Reheater System Pressure Drop
Hot Reheat Temperature
Condenser Cooling Water Temperature
4-3-21
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
xi.
xii.
Condenser Pressure (For Reference)

Generator Power Factor
H2 gas Pressure
Boiler Auxiliary Steam Flow (Steam Air Heater and Bumer Atomizing)
Make-up Flow
Superheater Spray Flow
Reheater Spray Flow
(iii) Calculation Conditions

1.
11.
111.
1V.
v.
>1<
Main Steam Pressure = 16.68 MPa(a) at HP turbine inlet

Main Steam Temperature at HP turbine inlet = 538 0 C *
Reheat Steam Temperature at IP turbine inlet = 538 0 C *
Make up Water Flow to Condenser 0%
Condenser Cooling Water Temperature = 30 0 C
(Condenser Pressure at 100% Rated Output = 7.4 kP a(a) *)
Or altemative conditions accepted by EVN as the contract conditions.
(iv) Steam Table

The heat content of the steam and feedwater shall be in accordance with The
Thermodynamic Properties ofWater and Steam" (IAPWS-IF97)
(v)
Frequency of Observations
(i) Observation of f1 0w meters for primy f1 0w shall be in accordance with
ASME PTC 6 code.
(ii)
Pressure measurement using dad weight gauge or pressur transmitters

and integrating meters shall be in accordance with ASME PTC 6 code.
(vi) Additional Efficiency Tests

The Contractor shall carry out additional Efficiency Tests to the guaranteed
tests requested by EVN during the Performance Test run.
(vii) Boiler Auxiliary Steam
No miscellaneous boiler auxiliary steam f1 0w supplied from the turbine cycle
excpt for steam air heater and boiler burner atomizing steam shall be allowed
to be included in the heat rate definition formula. In case that the Bidder
would supply other indispensable auxiliary steam to boiler from turbine than
those for steam air heater and boiler bumer atomizing for normal operation of
4-3-22
the plant under normal operating and ambient conditions , it shall be clearly
stated in detail in Clause 13. 1. 2 .2 ofVolume 13.
F.O. service tank bottom heater

F. O. heater
Steam trace of fuel oil piping

(Unit portion)
Margin
200 k g!h
4,200 k g!h
3,900 k g!h
in case of imported oil

in case of domestic oil
200 kg!h
4, 190 kg/h
For Units NO.l and NO.2
(viii) The condensate f1 0w section (venturi or f1 0w nozzle) shall be shop calibrated

and certified by f1 0wing actual fluid through it under conditions similar to
those in actual installation. The shop calibration by actual fluid shall be
witnessed by the EVN/Consultant.
(ix) The Bidder shall submit heat loss dissipated from the major pipe lines
between boiler and turbine (main steam, reheat steam and feedwater)
separately.
4.3 .4 .2 Auxiliarv Power Consumption
(a) Electrical power consumption shall be guaranteed, measured and tested in accordance
with the provisions ofVolume 8 - Section 8.2 and Section 8.5.
4-3-23
4.3.5
Final Inspection
4.3.5.1
General
(a) The Contractor shall include in his Bid Price for the following inspection work
which shall be carried out prior to expiry ofthe waanty period for the plant according to
Clause 2. 1. 15.
(b) All defective work found during inspection shall be remedied free of charge by the
Contractor under the terms of the guarantee of the contract. The costs of inspection and
replacement of any defective item shall be borne by the Contractor.
4 .3 .5.2
Plant Insoection Prior to Final Acceotance
The minimum requirements are listed in the following paragraphs, however, the scope
may be expanded depending on inspection findings.
4.3.5.2.1
(a)
Turbine (Main turbine and
BFP-
Bearings and Pedestal

(i)
A lI bearings (j ournal and thrust) shall be inspected to check babbitt material

deficiency such as cracks, loose materials or disbandment. Ultrasonic test and
dye penetrant test shall be performed for this purpose.
(ii) Bearing pedestals shall be checked for any cracks. SphericaI seats and saddle
rings , if applicable , shall be checked for any pounding marks.
(b)
Rotor (Shaft and Rotating Blades)

(i)
Inspection shall be made on all rotating parts for cracks, erosion and rubbing
marks. Dye penetrant test and Magna Flux test shall be carried out on the
journals, rotating blades, labyrinth seal strips, if any, shall be inspected for
material embitterment and erosion.
(ii)
Dye penetrant tests shall be performed on all coupling bolts, to check for
cracks.
(iii) AII blade shrouds and tie wires shall be checked for any looseness or abnormal
movemen t.
4-3-24
(
)
c
OMONTHERMALPO;VERPLANT
C asi
n1
g an
1
-
\
j .:L.J
(ii)
Visual inspection
s ha
llb
e made on
a II
tt he casings and stationary
b 1a
ai
&
any cracks, erosion and rubbings. As may be required , penetrant test e
performed on stationary blades and other critical points.
(ii)
Casing joints and blade carriers (horizontal) , gaps (before and after bolting)
shall be measured by feeler gauge to check degree of any warpage. As may be
required, bore check shall also be performed for the purpose.
(iii) NDT (Penetrant or Ultrasonic Test) , as may be required , shall be performed on

HP-IP and LP casing bolts to check for any cracks. Measuremnt shall be done
to detect abnormal elongation.
(d)
(e)
Other Checks
(i)
Cross over pipes and accessible expansion bellows and brackets shall be
checked for any cracks, rupture or bulging.
(ii)
All nozzles, seal rings, and corresponding grooves shall be checked for any
effect of steam cuts or erosions.
Turbine Valves
Casings, valve seats, cones, spindles, including other oil section parts such as
pistons, springs, cylinders, etc. shall be checked for any cracks, breakages, and
excessive effect of corrosion, erosion, and wear. As maybe required , penetrant test
and seat contact check shall be performed.
4.3.5.2 .2
Condenser
(a) Condenser shell parts, i.e. shell plate, support pipe, expansion joints, ba:ffle plates
and suppo spring (in case of spring suppo type) shall be checked for deformation,
corrosion, erosion, and cracks.
(b) Condenser water boxes and covers shall be checked for separation and damage of
anti-corrosive coatmg.
(c)
Condenser Tubes - Tubes and tube to tube plate joints shall be checked for any
4-3-25
damage caused by vibration , corrosion, erosion and abnormality. As may be necessary,

sampling shall be done to determine nature ofthickness thinning. Fluorescent test shall be
done to confirm that there are no leaks.
4.3.5.2.3
Boiler Feed Pumps
(a) If no abnormality is observed during previous operations to justi:fy total inspection

of the pumps, inspection shall be limited only to bearing, joumal, and if applicable shall
include balancing device inspection. All joumal and thrust bearings shall be inspectdfor
any cracks and damage.
(b) Penetrant test or ultrasonic test, as may b required , shall be performed on the
bearings. Balanced device shall be inspected for any heavy axial scour attributable to
excessive thrust load.
4.3.5.2 .4
Condensate Pumps and Circulating Water Pumps
(a) Service pumps shall be pulled out and disassembled to check the conditions ofthe
intemal parts.
(b) The shaft, impellers , dilsers and rings shall be checked for any effect of corrosion,
erosion, cavitation and abnormal wear. Penetrant test or Magnetic Flux test, as may be
required, shall be performed on the impellers and shafts.
(c)
Unless abnormal
operion
is noted, the stand-by pumps may be exempted from
mspction.
4.3.5 .2 .5
(a)
Motor Drives
Boiler Feed Pumps

An barings
(j oumal and thrusts) shall be inspected to check babbitt material

deficiency such as cracks , loose materials or disbandment and abnormal wear.
Penetrant test shall be performed on both bearings and joumals to detect cracks.
(b)
Other Motors
Except in cases where abnormal operation is noted such as excessive winding
temperature , amperage and vibration, inspection by disassembly may not be
required.
4-3-26
4.3.5.2.6
Valves and Piping Specalties
(a) Where operational problems are encountered and le(s through seats is suspected ,
such valves and specialties shall be subjected to disassembly and intemal inspection.
Valve cones, plugs and seats shall be checked for cracks , cavitatior erosion and pr
seating of seat contract.
;:;?1s
Y
4.3.5.2.7 Generator
(a) Except when abnormality is noted during inspecton that a warrant disassernbly a
pulling out of rotors , inspection shall be limited to bearings and joumal for any crac Ks,
loose materials or disbandment and abnormal wear and if accessible, the stator end coils
for any deformation and damage of insulating material.
4-3-27

3.2.5 Technical Provision For Turbine Generator and Auxiliaries

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

3.2.5 Technical Provision For Turbine Generator and Auxiliaries

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

o MON THERMAL POWER PLANT

VIETNAM ELECTRICITY / TEPSCO

TURBINE GENERATOR AND AUXILIARIES

GENERAL ........................................................................................... ...... .4-1-1

Introduction ........................................................................................ 4-1-1

Design and Operational Requirements ............................................... .4-1-2

Guarantees of Performance ................................................................. 4-1-5

Drawings to be Submitted .................................................................. 4-1-6

Common Requirements .. , .................................................... 4-1-6

Drawings for Equipment/ Systems in Turbine Island ............ .4-1-7

MECHANICAL WORKS ........................................................................... 4-2-1

Steam Turbine and Auxiliaries

Arrangement ofValves ...................................... .4-2-2

General Design Requirements ......................... 4-2-4

On-Load Testing ....................... ............. 4-2-6

Steam Strainers ................................................ 4-2-6

4.2. 1.4 Turbine Casings .................................................................... 4-2-7

Design of Bolting .............................................. .4 -2-9

Bolt Tightening Equipment ............................... 4-2-1 0

4.2.1.6 Turbine Rotors and Couplings ...................................... .4-2-10

Shaft Glands ..................................................... 4-2-13

Gland Sealing Steam System ........................... .4 -2-13

o MON THERMAL POWER PLANT

VIETNAM ELECTRICITY / TEPSCO

Gland Steam Exhauster System ....................... .4 -2-15

Gland Sealing Control and Instrumentation ..... .4 -2-15

4.2.1.10 Lubricating Oil System ..................................................... 4-2-17

4.2.1.10.8 Control Oil System ................. 4-2-27

Turbine Governing System

4 .2.1. 13 Turbine By-pass System .

Condensing System .......................................................................... 4-2-44

Design Parameters for Condenser ..................................... 4-2-45

Construction Features ofCondenser ................................. 4-2-47

Condenser Accessories ................................ ............... 4-2-50

o MON THERMAL POWER PLANT

VIETNAM ELECTRlCITY / TEPSCO

Air Extraction System and Miscellaneous Piping

Condensate Pump Suction Stra

Clan Drains T;lk

Circulating Water System ............................................... 4-2-58

g Water Pumps and Accessories

Piping and Valves for Circulating Water System

Condenser Tube Cleaning System...

Traveling Screens andAccessory Features.. .4-2-67

r Pumps and Trave

4 .2.4 Auxiliary Cooling Water System

Ri ver Water Piping Syphonic Vacuum Vents ..................... 4-2-76

Ri ver Water Strainer (Debris Filter) ................................... 4-2-76

Ri ver Water Booster Pumps ............................................... 4-2-77

Auxiliary Cooling Water System ........................................ 4-2-77

General .................... 4-2-77

Auxiliary Cooling Water Coolers .................... 4-2-79

Auxiliary Cooling Water Pumps ...................... 4-2-80

Auxiliary Cooling Water Head Tank or Stand

o MON THERMAL POWER PLANT

VIETNAM ELECTRICITY ITEPSCO

Sampling and Chemical Dosing ...................... 4-2-81

Feedwater Heating System ............

Feedwater Heater Drains and Vents ............... .4-2:;.~~

Extraction Steam to Feedwater Heaters ......... .4-7

Arrangement ofFeedwater Connections

Deaeration and Feedwater Heating with

High Pressure Feedwater Heaters .................................... .4-2-89